Issuu on Google+

‫ﺹ‪۰‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺆّﺳﺴﮥ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺮ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻣﺸﺘﺎﺕ – ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺹ ‪۰۰۰‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺨﻮﺵ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﴼ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮐﺶ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﻭﺣﺪﺕﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺵ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﮥ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﴼ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﻧﻬﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﺩ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ١٥٨‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪۰۰۰۰‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻫﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﭘﺮﺁﺷﻮﺏﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻃﺒﮥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺮﺍﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﻘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﮤ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺞﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﮥ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻓﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ‬

‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﺖ‬


‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﺟﺎﻡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻴﺶ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻫﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖﺁﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﺶ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺿﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻭ ﺷﮕﺮﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ‪١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﮔﻰ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﮐﺮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﮑﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻼﺡﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺷﮑﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻴﺒﺎﮐﺎﻧﮥ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺠﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻰﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺮﺕﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‪" :‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻠﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﮑﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻁ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻢ ﺑﺴﻰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻗﻬﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺎﻳﺖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪١".‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﮐﻼﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٤١‬ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺗﺶ ﺑﻰﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺷﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻧﻴﺶ ﺩﻫﺸﺘﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺶ ﺑﻰﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺮ ﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻝ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ‬

‫ﻴﺮﻳﮥ ﻧﻬﺎﻧﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺗﻄﻬ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﮐﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻴﺮﺣﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﺶ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻬﺎﺭﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺮﺑﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﺶ ﻭﺍﻗﻒ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺪﺃﺵ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ّ ّ‬


‫ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺣﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻻﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺮﺻﺮ ﻗﻬﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻟﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻠﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻀﻤﺤﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻼﻯ ﻭﻃﻦ ﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺯﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻧﺠﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪٢.‬‬ ‫***‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻴﻢ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ "ﺟﻬﺎﻥ" ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺪﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﮥ ﻗﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺧﻴﻦ "ﺩﻫﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ" ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺳﺘﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻯ‬

‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﺩﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺼﺖﺳﺎﻟﮥ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﻣﻠﮑﻪ ﻭﻳﮑﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ )‪ (Queen Victoria‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮥ ‪١٨٩٧‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﮊﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺭﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻰﮐﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﮐﻤﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ ﻓﺠﺎﻳﻊ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺣﺪﺱ ﻣﻰ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﺶ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮕﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻠﺢﺟﻮﻳﺎﻧﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﻩﺁﺳﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻔﻮﺫﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﻃﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﮔﻮﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ُﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻫﻰ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﮥ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮔﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺻﻤﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬


‫ﺹ‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﻀﺎﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﭙﺎﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻫﮥ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺮﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮤ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻣﻰﺯﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻢ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺷﺒﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺵ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﻦ "ﻣﻤﻠﮑﺖ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ" ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﻮﺭﺑﺨﺖ ﭼﭙﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﮥ ﻧﻮﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮊﺍﭘﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﺧﻼﻳﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰﺍﺵ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻄﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻧﺞﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﮑﺰﻳﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﮐﺶ ﺟﺰﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﮥ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﺶ ﺟﻠﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺷﺪﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﺵ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺮﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﺗﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻡﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺳﻄﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﴼ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﺮﺍﺵﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﮥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺷﻮﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻨﮕﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻨﺠﻪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻼﮎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺭﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﮥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻨﻮﻋﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻏﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﻘﺎﺭﺕﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻰ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺪﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻰﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻻﻓﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﮑﺸﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺪﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﻳﻤﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﮑﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﮕﺮﻯ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺖﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ّ ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﺎﻣﻨﺸﺎﻧﮥ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺗﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﺑﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮤ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻣﺨﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺖﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻢﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺑﻰﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﴼ ﻗﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮎ ﻫﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺖ ﻣﻰﻧﻬﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻰﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺤﺒﻮﺣﮥ ﻧﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻰﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻓﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖﺁﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺒﺎﻟﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻏﺮﺏ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﺑﺎﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺍﮐﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻰ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻰ ﻓﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺍﻩﺁﻫﻦ ﻣﻰﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬

‫ﮐﺸﺘﻰﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺩﺍﺩ ﭘﻰﺁﻣﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﮥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻰ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺯﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﮏ ﮐﻮﺁﻧﺘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﮤ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺿﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻰﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻰﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺰﻭﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻟﮥ ﺍﮐﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﮥ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﻰ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻰﺑﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻰ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻣﻰﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻣﻰﺷﻤﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻃﻦﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻧﮥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻣﻰﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻝ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻗﺪﻡﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﻀﻰ ﺩﻭﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﺮﮤ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﮐﻮﺭﮐﻮﺭﺍﻧﮥ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮﻓﺶ ﺟﻬﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻧﺎﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﮥ ﺩﺭﺱﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﴼ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﻭﺛﻰ ��‬

‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﻃﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺧﺎﺷﺠﻮﻯ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﺟﻨﺒﮥ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﺍﺭﺯﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶﺳﺘﻴﺰﻯ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻰ ﺭﺧﻨﻪ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﮥ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻰﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﮕﺮﺵ ﺷﻌﻠﮥ ﻓﺠﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﺣﺸﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ‪٦‬‬


‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﺸﻢﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﮐﺎﺫﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻨﺎﮎ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻰ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻃﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ "ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ" ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺷﺪﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪" :‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﻤﺴﮥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻯ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‪ ...‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪٣".‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﭽﮥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎءﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺸﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺘﻰ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٧٥‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺅﺳﺎء ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺠﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٨‬‬

‫" ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﺋﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻃﺎﻳﻔﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻰﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺕ ﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﺘﺮﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ؟"‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪" .‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭﴽ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﮥ ﻣﺪﻧّﻴﻪ ﻃﻠﻴﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﺋﻰﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﮥ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻟﻄﻤﮥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﮐﻪ ﻏﺬﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺒﻮﺣﮥ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻃﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺭﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﮏﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﮑﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻰﮔﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻘﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﮕﺸﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﻟﻮﺣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﮑﺪﮤ ﮐﺸﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﺶ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ‪ ١٦٠‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺭﺍ "ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ" ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﮤ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻧﺪ‪" :‬ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺮﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻰ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﻔﺎﮐﺎﺭ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻳﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺷﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪٥".‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺷﮥ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻓﮑﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺠﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﴼ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪" :‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﻴﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ‪ ٦".‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺯﺍﻧﮕﻰ ﻭ ﻭﻓﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺪﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻬﺪ ﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺘﻰ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﻮﺩﻯ ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‪ ...‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ‬

‫ﺍٓﻟﻬﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻰ ﺳﮑﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪﺍﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﻮﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻰ ﻧﻴﺎﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺟﻮﺵ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻧﻬﻨﮓ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺵ ﺁﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺳﮑﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺣﻴﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺟﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﮔﻠﺸﻦ ﻣﻸ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻋﻦﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺬﺍﺋﺬ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻳﺄﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭ‬


‫ﻫﻤﺘﻰ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺯﻭﺋﻰ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﮐﺘﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﮐﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪٧.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺧﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻈﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻄﺮﻑﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢﺑﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺩﺳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﴼ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻼﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﻂ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻰ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺮﻃﻤﻄﺮﺍﻗﺶ‬ ‫ﮐﺴﻰ ﻧﻈﻴﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﻻﻑ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰﺯﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺂﻝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﮥ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ���ﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﮥ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺗﻦﺁﺳﺎﻯ ﻗﺎﺟﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺘﻰ ﻧﻤﻰﺩﻳﺪ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﮥ‬ ‫ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻠﻘﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺬﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺶ ﻃﻰ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺪ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﺳﺎﻻﺭﻯ ﺧﻮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻫﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻣﻰﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﮥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﮥ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ -‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻼﺱﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﭙﺮﺍﻧﺘﻮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ّ‬


‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺒﮑﮥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ّ ّ‬

‫ﭘﺮﺗﻘﻼﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﮏﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻰ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﮑﻢ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻤﺎﻡﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﻋﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻫﻮﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪﺍﺵ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻰ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﺁﺋﻴﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺳﭙﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻈﻔﺮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺁﺷﻮﺏﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٦‬ﻗﺒﻮﻻﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﭖ ﺑﺴﺖ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺑﻰﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺷﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻀﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺟﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﻴﺰﻩﺟﻮﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺖ ﺧﻨﺜﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺪﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺭﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﺁﮐﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺮﻓﴼ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺳﺮﻣﺸﻘﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﺤﻮﮤ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﮑﻮﺷﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺗﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﮔﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭘﺨﺘﻪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻎﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻬﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺮﻑ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬


‫ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ‬ ‫ﻇﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺳﻮء ّ‬

‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﮑﺎء ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻧﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻃﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻧﻮﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻗﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﻬﻴﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺗﻘﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺝ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺣﻴﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﮔﻠﭙﺎﻳﮕﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺟﻰ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻼﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺷﻬﻤﻴﺮﺯﺍﺩﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﮥ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺟﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﺷﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﺶ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺣﻤﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺙ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻗﺪﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻼﻡ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻭ ﺷﺮﺣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﻮ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺩﺳﺖ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﺸﻖﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﮐﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﭼﻴﻦ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﺘﻨﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰﮤ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﻰﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭﴽ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬


‫ﻣﺸﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻮﻩ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﺨﺼﴼ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺗﻮﺃﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺲ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ���ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺬﺭﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺁﻣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺬﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﮥ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻰ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺲ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ" ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻣﺲ ّ‬ ‫" ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ٨‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺗﺴﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﮐﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﮐﻪ "ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺫﻭﺕ‪٩".‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺫﻭﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﮐﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﮑﻮﻥ" ﻭ " ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﺰﻥﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺡ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻒ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﺸﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﺘﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺒﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﺟﺒﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻴﻪ ﺁﻣﻨﴼ ﺳﺎﻟﻤﴼ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﴼ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﺳﴼ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﺒﺎﺩﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻔﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻮ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﻓﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﭘﺮﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺮﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﺸﻌﺸﻊ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﺒﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻠﺒﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻠﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺜﺮﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪١٠.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٨‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎءء ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺵ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ‬


‫ﺹ ‪١٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪* .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫****‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻟﮥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮔﺎﻩ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩١٠‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﮥ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺍﻭﺕ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪(١٩١١‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﮑﻨﺪﺭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻣﻠﻪ ﺣﻮﻣﮥ ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺗﺶ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺷﮏ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﻣﻔﺘﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻋﻤﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺯﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﮑﻨﺪﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﺑ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﮐﻼﻯ ﭘﺎﺭﻟﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﮥ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻣﻨﺼﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻰ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺒﻮﻝ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮓ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭﺍ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﺠﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪" :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻋﮑﺎء ﻭ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ" ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻓﺎﺿﻞ ﻧﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﮑﻨﺪﺭﻳﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﻃﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﺘﺶ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻰ ﭘﺮﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﭙﻠﻤﺎﺕﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻣﻨﺼﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺧﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﭼﻪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗﮥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ‪ ١١‬ﺍﻭﺕ ‪١٩١١‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺸﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺷﻬﺮﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬


‫ﺹ ‪١٤‬‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٥‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺣﺰﻥﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪" :‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻣﻮﺝ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺝ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪:"...‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ...‬ﻣﮑﺘﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮏ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﺎﻧﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ‪ ...‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﮥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻣﻀﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺸﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺴﺖ‪١١.‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺧﺸﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻮ ﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻟﻄﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻳﻤﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻄﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﻗﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺻﻤﻴﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻰﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺻﻠﻪﺍﻯ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﮥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺎ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٦‬‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻴﮏ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﺶ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺯﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻣﻨﺶ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻰ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﮥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻰ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻧﺸ���ﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬


‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﮤ ﻫﻤﮑﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪﮤ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﻤﺎﺳﻪﺁﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺣﻠﻘﮥ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻴﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﮤ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺘﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍء ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺨﺸﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻣﮑﺴﻮﻝ )‪ (May Maxwell‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺮﮤ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺗﻢ‪ ...‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻰﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪" :‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻏﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺟﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺡ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﻣﺴﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺋﻰ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ١٢".‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﺍﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ "ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ١٣".‬ﻧﺰﻭﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺗﺎﺯﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺻﻔﺤﮥ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ٓ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻦ ﭼﻴﺲ )‪ّ (Thornton Chase‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ )ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء( ﭼﻮﻥ ﮐﺒﻮﺗﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﭙﻴﺪﺑﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺁﺷﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﺵ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻤﺶ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﮤ ﺩﺍﻧﺶﭘﮋﻭﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺁﺏ ﺯﻻﻟﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺸﻤﮥ ﮔﻮﺍﺭﺍﺋﻰ ﻣﻰﺟﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪١٤.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺭﺍﺳﺨﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﻦ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻣﺰﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﮐﺒﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﺣﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎﻯ‬


‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﻌﺎﻥ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻭ ﮐﺮﺳﻰ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﻨﻰ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﮥ ﺍﺭﻭﭖ ﻭ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺷﺎﺳﻌﮥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﺎﻧﻴﺖ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻴﺖ ﻭ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻮﺍﺻﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻒ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻂ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﺳﺎﻣﻴﮥ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪١٥.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫***‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﮕﺮﻑ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﺤﻨﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺩﺑﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡﻃﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻼﺱﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪١٩١١‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﮥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺐ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻯ "ﺳﻴﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﭙﻞ" )‪(City Temple‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻋﺼﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻌﻰ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﮤ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ‪ .‬ﻋﻦﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﺪﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻞ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻦﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺑﺪﺭﺧﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪١٦.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﺎﺩﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﮑﻨﺪﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﻫﺴﭙﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١١‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﮥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻰ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻧﻈﻴﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ‬

‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﮐﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ "ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪...‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﮥ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‪١٧".‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻯ‬

‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻼﺻﻪﺍﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺯﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻴﺼﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ���ﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﻣﻠﺠﺄ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺖﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻃﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪١٨.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٩‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺧﺎﮐﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻋﻴﺪﺵ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺼﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﮐﺴﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻰﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬


‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﮑﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻢ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﮥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪١٩".‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻰ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺩﺏ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﻩﭘﻮﺷﻰ ﻧﻤﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﺵ ﺁﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺴﮥ "ﺗﻤﭙﻞ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﻮﺋﻞ")‪ (Temple Emanu-El‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻓﮑﺮﻯ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﺮﮤ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻣﻰﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺑﺮ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﮔﺸﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﻌﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﻴﮑﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻝ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﻴﻨﺶ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻫﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺯﺩﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺵ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍء ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺬﻝ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﺮﻑ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻴﮥ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺶ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻴﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺻﺮﻑ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﺃﺕ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺸﻖﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻋﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﺴﺖ ﻭﻟﮑﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﭙﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺘﺎﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺭﺳﮥ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮏ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬


‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﺳﭙﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪٢٠.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺧﻼﻗﮥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ‬

‫ﺳﺨﺖﮐﻮﺷﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺪﺩ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﺖ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎء ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻫﻤﮑﻴﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ – ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭﺵ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻔﺎﻯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪﺍﻯ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺩﻳﻌﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺑﻨﻰ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﻰ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﺖ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻗﺎﻫﺮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻯ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‪٢١.‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻌﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻃﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻨﴼ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻃﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﮥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﮑﻞﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺖ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺲ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﮐﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﴼ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﻃﺮﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻰﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻧﺸﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ّ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮐﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ���ﺨﺘﺼﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺤﻮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺶ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮐﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﺤﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﺋﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﮕﻮﺭﻯ )‪(Louis Gregory‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻟﻮﺋﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﺗﻴﻮ )‪ (Louise Mathew‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﮐﻤﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﴼ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻋﻤ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺍﻟﮥ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ‪،‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺧﺘﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻊ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺮﻯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺳﺮ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻝ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻣﻰﻧﻬﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٢‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻘﺎﺩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪* .‬‬

‫***‬


‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮐﻤﻰ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻌﺐ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪٢٢.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺴﻰ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻗﻪﺍﻯ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ "ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ" ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺲ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﴽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺁ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ )‪ (Lua Getsinger‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﮤ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺷﻬﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﭙﺴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ّ‬

‫)‪ (Juliet Thompson‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪" :‬ﻣﻨﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭﺵ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﮑﺘﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪٢٣".‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪" ‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﺎﻟﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺸﻌﺎﺏ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻄﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ٢٤".‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﺶ ﺑﺸﮑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻋﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻏﺼﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﭽﮥ ﺍﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﻘﺾ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﮑﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮓﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻣﺮﻋﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺭﮊﻳﻢ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺒﻮﻝ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺯﻋﻤﺎﻯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻮﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬


‫ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺘﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﺰﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﻃﺌﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺑﻰﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﺍﻯ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﴼ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮤ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ ﺷﻘﺎﻕ ﺩﻭﺭﻯ ﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ‪" :‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻫﻞ‪ ...‬ﺳﻌﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺪﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻻﻝ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻞﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻫﻰ‬

‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ٢٥".‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﮥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺒﺨﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻨﺪ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻤﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﻰﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺄﻳﻮﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻩﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭﴽ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻯ ﺟﺎﻩﻃﻠﺐ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺘﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻮﻓﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺂﻝ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺪﺗﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻼﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻰ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﮑﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻧﻤﻰﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻻﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺮﺁﻝ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻠﺤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮐﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺑﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ‬


‫ﺯﺭﺍﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻃﻰ ﻏﻴﺐ���ﻮﺋﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪٢٦".‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺭ ‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻟﻴﻮﺭﭘﻮﻝ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﭙﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﻔﻮﺱ )‪ (Hippolyte Dreyfus‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﴼ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﮑﻴﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺖ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻤﺮ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺘﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﮐﺒﻰ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ‬

‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺖ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪٢٧.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ١٣‬ﺟﻮﻥ ‪ ١٩١٣‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﺘﻰ ﻫﻴﻤﺎﻻﻳﺎ )‪ (S. S. Himalaya‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫"ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ" ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻔﺎ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٣‬ﺑﺴﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫***‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﺩﺑﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﮥ "ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺮﺁﻝ ﺩﻳﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ"‬ ‫)‪ (Montreal Daily Star‬ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﮤ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪﺍﺵ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﻌﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻰﺧﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻭﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺟﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﻃﺮﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻮﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﮥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﴼ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٥‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻭﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻓﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻰﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻏﺮﺵﻫﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺩﻫﮥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺴﺘﻰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ١٩٠٤‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩٠٥‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﮊﺍﭘﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﺭﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻔﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﻰﺷﻤﺮﺩ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﮊﺍﭘﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻯ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﺭﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﻝ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩١١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻃﻤﻊ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻟﻴﺒﻰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺰﻟﺰﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﮥ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻨﺠﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﺖﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻤﮑﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻴﺰﻩﺟﻮﺋﻰﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻟﻬﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻣﺎﻧﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻫﺎﺑﺴﺒﻮﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﭼﮏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻼﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻣﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻣﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﻭﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻟﺒﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﻮﻍ ﺍﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺗﻮﻃﺌﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻰﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺷﮑﺎﻓﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﻃﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮﻓﺶ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝﻃﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﺰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﮤ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﻟﻮﺣﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺑﭙﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻭﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺻﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻰ ﻫﻢﻣﺴﻠﮑﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻰ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻋﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﮥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﺮﺧﺎﺷﺠﻮﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﺣﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﺵ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻔﮑﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﻮﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻳﻮﺭﺵ ﻓﮑﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﻝ ﻣﺎﺭﮐﺲ )‪(Karl Marx‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻬﺪ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻗﺪﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﻮﻧﻴﺴﺖﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻃﺮﺍﺡ ﮐﻤﻮﻧﻴﺴﻢ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺧّﻼﻕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﻍ ّ‬

‫ﺷﮏ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ "ﺑﻮﺭﮊﻭﺍﺯﻯ" ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﻤﻮﻧﻴﺴﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻋﺼﺒﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﮥ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﮤ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﮐﻮﺭﮐﻮﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺟﻨﮕﻰ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻧﺴﻮﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ‬

‫ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻗﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺭﻗﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﺍﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺫﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﺧﺎﺋﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﺣﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻼﺡﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﻠﺴﻞﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﭖﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺭﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺯﻣﻨﺎﻭﻫﺎ‪،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺭﻳﺎﺋﻰﻫﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺭﺧﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻤﺐﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ "ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺮﮒ" ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﮥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﮥ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﺎﺗﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺩﺭﻣﻰﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺗﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭼ���ﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻢﮐﻢ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺛﻤﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﺵ "ﻏﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻴﺮﮤ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﮐﺘﺴﺎﺑﻰ"‪ ٢٨‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﮏ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٧‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﻴﺞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺕ ّ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ٓ ّ‬

‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺯﺍﻯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٤‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻔﮑﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻰ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺩﺭﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺎﺟﻌﮥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﺯﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﺷﺼﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺗﺸﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻬﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺸﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻼﮐﺖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻰ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﮑﻠﻰ ﺯﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺸﺘﻨﺎﮎ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻳﻪﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺭﺧﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﴼ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻰ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﺩﻻﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻭﺩﺭﻭ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ )‪ (Woodrow Wilson‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﮕﺮﮤ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﺶ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺟﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻯ ﻭﺣﺸﻴﮕﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻣﻰﻧﻬﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺍﺋﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺶ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﻰﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﮥ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻰ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺖ ﮐﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﺍﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﻮﺗﮕﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰﻧﻬﺪ ‪‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺷﺒﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﻗﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺩﺭﻟﻨﺪ ﻣﮑﺴﻮﻝ )‪ (Sutherland Maxwell‬ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺸﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺮﺁﻝ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻰ ﺧﺒﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺜﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻣﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨‬‬


‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻮﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ...‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻰ ﺯﺍﺋﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪٢٩.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﮑﺴﺖﺧﻮﺭﺩﮤ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡﺟﻮﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﺨﻢ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺣﺸﺘﻨﺎﮎﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﮥ ﻏﺮﺍﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ -‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ‬

‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻠﻰﺣّﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﮥ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﻔﺘﮥ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻋﺪﻩﻫﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺷﮑﺴﺘﮥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻼﺗﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮑﺘﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻰﺧﻮﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺍﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺠﺐ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭ ﻇﻔﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻼﺷﺮﻁ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩﻯ ﺑﺮﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻰ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﺽﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻰ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﮒ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺳﻠﻄﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺮﺣﻠﻘﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻫﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦﺗﺮﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻭﺩﺭﻭ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻨﴼ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﺃﺕ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﻣﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺻﻠﺢ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻋﻬﺪﻧﺎﻣﮥ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺳﺎﻯ )‪ (Versailles‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬


‫ﺹ ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻴﺼﻠﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺩ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ ﭘﺮﺁﺷﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺤﻮﻝ " ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺗ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻤﺰﻭﺝ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ٣٠".‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻰﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪﺍﺵ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﻘﺐﻧﺸﻴﻨﻰﺍﺵ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﮥ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣ���ﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰﺗﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﺧﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻊﺫﻟﮏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﻭ‬

‫ﻋﻘﺐﻧﺸﻴﻨﻰﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺂﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻌﻴﺎﻯ ﻧﺒﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺫﻫﺒﻰ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪٣١.‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺮﮎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﺸﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻧﺎﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺘﻰ ﻏﻢﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﻣﺠﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﺶ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻦﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﺑﻰ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺯﺵ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺸﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺭﮊﻳﻢ ﺑﻠﺸﻮﻳﮑﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﻨﮕﺶ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻨﮕﺮﮤ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﻨﮕﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻨﺎﻣﮥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺠﺐ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺳﻼﺣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﮥ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﮐﺸﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬


‫ﺹ ‪٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻰﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪﺍﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﻭﺛﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﻮﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻠﻮﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎء ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ‪ ".‬ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٢٠‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻔﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺯﻧﺪ‪* ٣٢".‬‬

‫***‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻬﻴﺐ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺗﮑﻠﻴﻒ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺗﺶ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩١٦‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩١٧‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺟﻨﮓ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﺡ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻪ "ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ" ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻯ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﮥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﻤﺴﮥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍء ٓ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﮥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭖ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮏ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﻳﮏ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﭘﺎﺳﻴﻔﻴﮏ ﺭﺳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﮤ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﻴﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪٣٣.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺻﻴﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻓﻰ ﻇﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﻡ‪ ...‬ﻓﺎﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﺭﮐﻢ ﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﮑﻢ ّ‬


‫ﺹ ‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﮑﺴﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﮑﻢ‪٣٤".‬‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻌﮑﺴﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍء‪ ...‬ﺍﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﴼ ﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺅﺳﺎء ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻃﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﮑﻢ ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ‪".‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﻁ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﺍ ّ‬ ‫"ﺍﺟﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﮑﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭ ّ‬

‫‪ ٣٥‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪" :‬ﻗﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ"‪ ٣٦‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻴﮥ ﺳﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺗﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻠﻴﻌﮥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﮥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﮥ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺒﺎﺽ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﮥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭﺵ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻰﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻣﻨﺼﺒﺎﻥ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻯ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻧﻬﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻮﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ )‪ (knighthood‬ﺍﻫﺪﺍء ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺷﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺒﺢ ‪ ٢٨‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩٢١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻔﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺣﮑﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺘﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺗﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﻩ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻒ ﺟﻠﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﭙﻠﻤﺎﺕﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﺮﻗﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﻳﻌﺖﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻘﻴﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﻴﻴﻊ ﺟﻨﺎﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ���ﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻴﺰ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ّ‬


‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢‬‬

‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﺵ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫"ﻋﺼﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭ ﻇﻔﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻨﺎﮎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻼﻟﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ"‪ ٣٧‬ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺧّﻼﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺷﺶ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫ﺳﺮﺍ‪ "‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﻗﺪﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ "ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ" ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ " ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ "ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻯ" ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻭ "ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﮥ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻘﺐ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ" ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﻰﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻴﮥ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺷﻨﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺒﻰ ﻣﻠﻬﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٤‬‬

‫ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻥ ﺷﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ‬


‫ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﮥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﺴﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﻤﮥ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪٣٨.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﻳﮑﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻮﻓﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻯ ﻣﺮﮔﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺴﺘﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﮥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻨﺎﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻮﻩ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺗﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻘﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﺮﻣﺸﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻼﺳﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻈﻢ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﺶ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺲ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﭼﻪﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻄﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻤﮑﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻄﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺒﻪﺍﺵ ﻧﻤﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺧّﻼﻗﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﻴﻤﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻰ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٥‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬


‫ﺑﻰﺣﺎﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﮤ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻨﻰ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖﺁﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻃﻼﺋﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ٓ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺧّﻼﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﺗﻮﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻰﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺩﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﻢ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻤﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻓﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ّ‬

‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺎﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺼﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻋﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﺎﺯﻉ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺩﻝ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺍ‪ ٣٩".‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻨﻦ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺮﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺰﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺰﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺸﻌﺎﺏ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪٤٠.‬‬

‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﮐﻤﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦‬‬


‫ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻒ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺴﻰ ﻧﻤﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺗﮑﻮﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪﺍﺵ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ٓ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ّ ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﭼﻪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻤﻰﺁﻣﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺮﮐﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﴼ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ "ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﮥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪٤١".‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٧‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻄﺮﻓﻰ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﭙﺮﻯ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻮ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﮥ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻠﺞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬

‫ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺘﻰ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻰﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﺶ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻣ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻰﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺠﺮ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﻞ ﻣﻨﮑﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﻬﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﺭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﻏﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﻠﺤﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﮥ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻌﻰ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺁﻭﺭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻏﺮﻳﺰﮤ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﮔﺒﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬


‫ﻋﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﻼﺩ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺸﻦ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻗﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻰ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻬﺮﮤ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻰﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻔﺎﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﺞ ﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ّّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺖ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﺳﻮﻥ ﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺤﻂ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻠﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫)‪ (Sun Yat-sen‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻍ ﺭﮊﻳﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﻀﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺣﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎﮐﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﮑﺴﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺧﺎﺋﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻣﻮﻫﺎﻧﺪﺍﺱ ﮔﺎﻧﺪﻯ)‪ (Mohandas Gandhi‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖﺁﻓﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﻰﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﺟﻌﮥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻟﮕﺮﻣﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﮥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺅﺳﺎء ﻭ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻰﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺑﺎﻭﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻧﺜﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻮﺭﻯ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺷﮑﺴﺖ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﮐﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻰﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺷﺪ‬


‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻏﺮﻭﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻓﻴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎ ﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺵ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﺮﮤ ﻏﻢﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻯ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﺵ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻗﻔﻪﺍﻯ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯﺟﻮﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺳﻰ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺯﺥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﮏ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺑﮕﻮﻯ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺳﻰ ﭘﺎﻯﺑﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﮊﻳﻢﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٢٩‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﻫﺸﻰ ﻓﺎﺣﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ���ﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻣﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺘﮕﻰ ﮐﺎﻓﻰ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٢٣‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻗﺎﻃﺒﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﴼ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺷﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺘﻰ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﮐﻮﭼﮏﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻣﻌﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﻠﮥ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻓﺮﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﮑﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﺸﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬


‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﻧﺎﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﺑﺪﻧﮥ ﺗﻴﺮﻩﺭﻧﮓ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺗﻤﺎﻣﺶ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺸﺨﻨﺪﻯ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ "ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ" ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻏﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺑﻬﺠﻰ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﮑﻦ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﺑﻪﺍﻯ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﻰ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﮤ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﻗﮥ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻻﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻀﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻔﺎﻳﺪﻩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﴼ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﮎ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺩﻧﺎﮎ ﻭ ﻏﻢﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﭘﺴﺮﺧﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻯ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻒ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻳﮑﻰ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮐﻢ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻯ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻯ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺒﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺻﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺴﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻧﺞﻫﺎ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪:‬‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﻫﺎﺑﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺣﮑﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺴﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﮑﺎﻳﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﺿﻌﻔﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﴼ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻰﺍﺭﺯﺷﻰ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﮑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺿﻌﻔﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻰﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺗﺶ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻓﺶ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ...‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪ ...‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﻋﻨﻴﻔﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﴼ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪٤٢.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﮥ ﻏﻢﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﺭﻗﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﮤ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﻭﻏﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﺭﻗﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻘﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻭﻓﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﺭﻗﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻣﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺥ ‪ ١٩٣٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﻴﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻣﺤﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺸﺘﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻏﻤﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺮﺕﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﻪ ﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺟﺴﺖ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﻔﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﮐﺪﺭﺁﺷﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺘﻨﮥ ﺳﻨﮥ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺎﻻﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺏ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺵ‬ ‫ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﺨﻰ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﭽﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﮐﺮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﺳﻬﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﮔﺸﺖ‪...‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﻩ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺒﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﮥ ﺟﺎﻧﺴﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻴ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺭﴽ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﮔﺸﺖ‪ ...‬ﻫﺠﺮ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﮐﺮﺑﺘﺶ ﺑﻴﻔﺰﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻔﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﻮﻓﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺮﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺒﻮﺣﮥ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﺾ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﮐﻨﺰ ﺛﻤﻴﻦ ٓ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺜﻴﺘﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺮﻫﻦ ﮔﺸﺖ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺥ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﺑﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻸ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺘﻰ ﺑﻰﻣﺜﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻻﺯﻣﮥ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﻮﺵ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻤﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺮﺵ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺗﻠﻄﻔﺎﺗﺶ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺘﺰﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺵ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺗﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺣﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪٤٣.‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﻧﺤﻄﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻰ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ��� ‫ﻋﻠﻨﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻏﻢﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ّّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺍﻯ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﻴﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺤﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺍ ﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﻻﻳﻖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﮥ ﻣﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﮔﺬﺷﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺗﮑﻠﻴﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﻰ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ّ‬ ‫***‬

‫ﺗﺨﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﺶ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮤ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﺻﻤﻴﻤﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ ٤٤".‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬


‫ﺷﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺟﺎﻥ ﮐﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻟﮥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻬﺎﺕ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٣١‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﻰ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻭ‬

‫ﭼﺸﻢﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺮﻓﴼ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻰ ﻧﺎﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﻣﺒﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﴽ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻯ‬

‫ﺍﺧﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻓﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻴﺎء ﺭﻭﺡ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﺿﺪﻯ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﻭ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺶ ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﻪﺍﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮤ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬

‫ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ )ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻧﻴﮏ( ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻬﺶ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻞ‪ ...‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺧﻠﻊ ﺳﻼﺡ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﮑﻠﻰ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﺵ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪٤٥.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﮤ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﮤ "ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻧﻴﮏ" ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺍﻭﺝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻃﻔﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺷﻴﺮﺧﻮﺍﺭﮔﻰ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﺴﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻠﺶ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺑﻠﻮﻏﺶ ﻣﻼﺯﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ‬


‫ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻓﺮﻭﮐﺶ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻰﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ‪٤٦.‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻃﻰ ﺳﻪ ﻧﺴﻞ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻰﮐﻮﺷﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺒﻪﺍﺵ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﴼ ﻭ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﴼ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻋﻀﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﻨﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺍﻣﻨﺎﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺂﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ‬

‫ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻨﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺮﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻰ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﭘﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺻﻠﻴﮥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﮥ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﺶ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺒﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻯ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻋﺎﻭﻯ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻻﺟﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﺶ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻻﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪٤٧.‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﮥ "ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ" ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ "ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﻧﺴﻞﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ٤٨".‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﮔﺎﻧﮥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺭﻧﻤﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺶ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻰ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪" :‬ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻰ ﺣﻴﺮﺕﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻰ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ٤٩"...‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺤﻄﺎﻁ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﻭ َ َ‬


‫ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﻠﮑﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﻓﺴﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﺶ ﺭﺧﻨﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺄﻳﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺴﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺗﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺂﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻰ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺮﮤ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮّﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺰﻭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻨﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﺳﻬﻤﻰ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺶ ﻟﻴﺎﻗﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺘﻰ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ ".‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ " ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺮﮤ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪٥٠.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻀﻌﻔﻴﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻀﻌﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭ ﻧﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺛﻴﻦ‪".‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‪" :‬ﻭ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﮥ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺩﻧﻴﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪" :‬ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﮑﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻣﺮﻩ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ"‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪٥١.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ّ‬


‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٢٣‬ﻧﻮﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﺮﮤ ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﮐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﮏ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻰﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﮐﺜﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻭﺍﻗﻒ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎﻯ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ‬

‫ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺑﻨﻰ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪٥٢.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫***‬

‫ﻣﻨﺤﻂ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻨﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻴﺮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﻭﺛﻰﺍﺵ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻇﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﮏ ﮐﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻠﺶ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ٌّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ٌ " :‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻴﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻳﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗ ّ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬

‫ﺫﻣﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ٥٣".‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺄﺕﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺻﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺋﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻰﺁﻳﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺘﺠﺰﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﻢ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ‪ ...‬ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺰء‬ ‫"ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻴﮥ ﺁﺋﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻏﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﻭﻧﺪ"‪ ٥٤‬ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﻰ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﻔﺸﺎﻧﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ‬


‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻌﮥ ﻧﻮﻉﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻧﮥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻰ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺗﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻧﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﺶ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪٥٥.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﺶ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮐﺎﺕ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﺸﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﴼ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﮥ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻗﺒﻠﺶ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺕ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ّ " :‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‪ ".‬ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻳﮏ "ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻈﻢ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ"‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﺶ‬ ‫"ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﻰ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻯ" ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ "ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ" ﻭ "ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ" ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻠﺶ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻫﻨﮕﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ "ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺮﻫﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﻫﺴﺘﮥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﮥ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪٥٦".‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﺧﺎﺳﺘﮥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺄﺳﻒ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﮑﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺬﺍﻗﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ "ﻫﺪﻑ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ" ﻭ "ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ" ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻰ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﮥ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻰﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻬﻤﻰ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺰﻣﻰ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻃﺮﺡﻫﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ "ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻰ" ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ‬


‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ "ﻋﺼﺮ ﺗﮑﻮﻳﻦ" ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﮐﺮﮤ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﮥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺩﻭﺭ "ﻋﺼﺮ ﺫﻫﺒﻰ" ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ٓ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺎﺿﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺘﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺧّﻼﻕ ٓ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺻﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺋﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﮔﺸﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎ "ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ" ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻬﺪﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤّﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٩٧‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ "ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻯ" ﺑﺪﻝ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻰ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٢٢‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﮥ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٣٤‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﻋﺸﻖﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﮐﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﻬﻤﻰ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ "ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ"‪" ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺷﻮﺭ"‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫"ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ" ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺄﺕﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻰ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻋﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫"ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ" )‪ (Temple Unity Board‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٩‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‬


‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٢٣‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٢٥‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻼﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻰ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻢﮐﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺴﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻨﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ" ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺑﻬﺠﻰ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺎﺙ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻯ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﮑﺲﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩٢٧‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻨﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺍﻣﻨﺎء ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٧‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﮥ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٣٢‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ّ‬

‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٣١‬ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬

‫ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٤٨‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﮑﻴﮏ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ‪ّ ١٩٤٩‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻻﺋﺤﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﭘﺎﺭﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ "ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻰﻫﻤﺘﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻰﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪٥٧".‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻏﻞ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻣﻰﺁﻣﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﮥ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﮥ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ‬

‫ﮔﻨﺠﻴﻨﮥ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺕ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ‬


‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻋﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎ���ﺎﺕﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺫﺋﺐ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﮥ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﺎﮐﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﴼ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻢ ﺍﻋﻼﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٢٥‬ﻣﺤﮑﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺷﺮﻋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻋﻘﺪﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻴﺪﴽ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ "ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ" ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ "ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ" )ﻭ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺪ ﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﻨﺪﺩ(‪ ٥٨.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﺎﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﮤ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﮥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺒﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫***‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﺶ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻈﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻰﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﻰﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻌﻰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻰﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻳﮏ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺶ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻃﻨﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﮥ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ...‬ﺳﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺤﺎﺱ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ّ " :‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪٥٩".‬‬

‫ﺫﻣﮥ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺟﻌﮥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﮤ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﻟﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻯ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ّ‬


‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪" :‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺿﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻰ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻰﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ٦٠"...‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﺼﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ّ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺄﺱ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﻧﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺨﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﺶ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻸ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﻮء‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵﺷﺪﻧﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪﺍﻯ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻗﻠﮥ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻯ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﻰﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺃﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﮑﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻓﺎﺟﻌﮥ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺵ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺖﭘﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺧﺪﺍﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭﻭﻏﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮤ ﺍﺑﻠﻬﺎﻧﮥ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﮐﺎﻫﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﮑﻤﺎﻯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺎﻧﺶ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺭﺍﺩﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺰﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺴﺘﺎﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺵ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺩﻝ ﭘﺮﺩﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺗﻤﺰﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪٦١.‬‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺤﻄﺎﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﺴﺮﻯ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ‬

‫ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﮑﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺒﺎﻫﻰ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻴﺖﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﮋﺍﺩﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﻭ ﮐﻤﻮﻧﻴﺴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻯ ﮐﺎﺫﺏ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺭﮊﻳﻢ ﻓﺎﺷﻴﺴﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٢٢‬ﺑﺎ "ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺭﻡ" ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﺣﺎﺟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ‬

‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺭﮊﻳﻢ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ‬


‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻀﺤﮑﮥ‬ ‫ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻰ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﺮﺛﻮﻣﮥ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺷﻴﺴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﭙﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻫﺴﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺁﺗﺶ‬

‫ﺗﻨﺪ ﻭﻃﻦﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺗﻮﻫﻤﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻰﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ "ﺟﻨﮓ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻓﺖ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ".‬ﻓﺎﺷﻴﺴﺖﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺮﻃﻤﻄﺮﺍﻗﻰ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﮐﺘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻰﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﺯﻫﺮﺁﮔﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٢‬‬

‫"ﺩﺳﺎﭘﺎﺭﺳﻴﺪﻭﺱ" )‪ (desaparecidos‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ "ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺛﺮﻫﺎ" ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﺯﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺷﻴﺴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺖﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺨﻮﻑ ﻭ ﮐﻬﻨﻪﺗﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﺶ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺳﻰ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ "ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ"‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺭﺍﺳﺨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﺯﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺣﺸﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻰﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻧﻤﻰﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﺯﻯ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻰﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﻰﺷﻤﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻀﺮ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﺯﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻨﮕﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﺋﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻠﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺷﻴﺴﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺸﺘﻨﺎﮎﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﮐﺮﻭﺑﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﻝﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ���ﺯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﺟﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻯ ﮐﺎﺫﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺸﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺟﻨﮓ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻣﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺮﺣﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﺎﻫﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻻﺩﻳﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﻨﻴﻦ )‪ (Vladimir Lenin‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﺵ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﻯ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮐﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﺸﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺎﮎ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺣﻤﺎﻗﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻰﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﮑﺐ‬ ‫ﺿﺪ ﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺷﺶ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﮥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻃﺌﮥ ﻟﻨﻴﻨﻴﺴﺘﻰ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻰﮐﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺸﺘﻦ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﮐﺴﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻼﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺖ ﺑﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﮤ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮﻯ ﺟﺰ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻣﺪﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯﻃﻠﺒﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﮥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺵ ﮔﻤﺎﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﺑﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮤ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻣﺪﻫﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺯﺍﺋﻴﺪﮤ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﺭﺱﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻰﺁﻣﻮﺯﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻫﺮﻳﻤﻨﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﭘﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺿﻌﻔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺘﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻟﻴﻨﻰ )‪ " (Benito Mussolini‬ﻣﺮﺩ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ"‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ ﺁﺩﻭﻟﻒ ﻫﻴﺘﻠﺮ )‪ (Adolf Hitler‬ﺭﺍ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺟﺰ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﻤﺎﻫﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺻﻮﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮊﺯﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻟﻴﻦ )‪ (Josef Stalin‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﮕﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮥ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤﺪﴽ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻯ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﮕﻮﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻄﺮﻓﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮﺁﺋﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﺍﺯﮤ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺘﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺁﺕ ﮐﻴﻨﻮﻧﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‪ ...‬ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﺴﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‪٦٢.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺒﺎﺧﺘﮕﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﭘﺴﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻏﺮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺣﺸﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﻊﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﻧﺨﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ ﺣﺸﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻬﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ‪٦٣".‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺤﺴﺒﻮﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ‪ ...‬ﻳﻬﻄﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ّ‬


‫ﺹ ‪٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻀﺞ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﮐﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻰﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﭘﺸﺘﻮﺍﻧﮥ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺁ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﻣﮑﺴﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﺛﺎ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺕ )‪ (Martha Root‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻧﺎﺙ ﮔﻮﻯ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻧﻨﺪ‪ ٦٤".‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺵ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻣﺮ )‪ (Sarah Farmer‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺭﺳﮥ ﮔﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﮑﺮ )‪(Green Acre‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻴﺪﻯ ﺑﻼﻣﻔﻴﻠﺪ )‪ (Sara Lady Blomfield‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﮑﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻔﻮﺫ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٦‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺟﮏ )‪ (Marion Jack‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺸﻘﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﻟﻮﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﻰ )‪ (Laura Dreyfus-Barney‬ﮐﻪ‬


‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﻨﺲ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻨﺰ )‪ (Agnes Parsons‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻟﻮﺋﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﮕﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ" ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﮐﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻭ )‪ ، (Corinne True‬ﮐﻴﺖ ﺭﺍﻧﺴﻮﻡ ﮐﻬﻠﺮ ) ‪Keith‬‬ ‫‪ ( Ransom-Kehler‬ﻫﻠﻦ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ )‪ ، (Helen Goodall‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﭙﺴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺍﻭﺑﺮ ) ‪Grace‬‬ ‫‪ ، ( Ober‬ﺍﺗﻞ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺒﺮﮒ )‪ ، (Ethel Rosenberg‬ﮐﻼﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻥ )‪ ، (Clara Dunn‬ﺁﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻮﺑﻼﮎ‬

‫)‪ (Alma Knobloch‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺸﻖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﮑﻪ ﻣﺎﺭﻯ )‪ (Queen Marie‬ﺷﻬﺒﺎﻧﻮﻯ ﺭﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺟﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﮥ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻰ ﺗﺮﺱ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻨﴼ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎﻯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺮﮤ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻓﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻴﺼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﭼﺎﭖ ﮐﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺰء ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﴼ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﺷﺘﮥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﮑﻢﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﻋﻤﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺷﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻃﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻰﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻰ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﭼﻪ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺯﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻯ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﭘﻴﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ‪ "١٩٤٦-١٩٣٢‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٧‬‬

‫ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬


‫"ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ" ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺴﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺱ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻠﺞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺸﺎﻧﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻰﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﺶ ﺧﻢ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖ ﻓﺴﺎﺩﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺻﺤﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻰﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻀﺒﺎﻁ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﮥ ﻓﻀﻞ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪٦٥.‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ "ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ "‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ" ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ "ﻣﺸﻌﻠﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻴﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﮑﻮﻳﻨﺶ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﺟﺰﺍء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﺪﮤ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪٦٦.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﺤﻦ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻝﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻇﻠﻤﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﻻﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻴﺰﻩﺟﻮﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺤﻄﺎﻁ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﺸﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﻨﮥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺐ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺂﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺒﻮﺣﮥ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺞﻫﺎﻯ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺕ ﭘﺮﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍٓﻟﻬﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﺧﺘﮥ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻧﺒﺎﺽ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺵ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﮐﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﻭﺡ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺭﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﺶ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻟﺶ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‪٦٧.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٣٦‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﮑﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺐ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻣﻰﻟﻐﺰﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٨‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ّ‬


‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺮﮤ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ "ﻣﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ" ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ّ‬ ‫‪ ١٩٣٧‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٩٤٤‬ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻓﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﮤ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻏﺮﺏ" ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ " ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺶ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﮥ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﮔﺸﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻟﺸﮑﺮﮐﺸﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺿﺎء ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎﺋﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻘﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮔﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﮑﺸﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻟﺸﮑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﺠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﮥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺮﺑﺮﮐﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‪٦٨.‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻯ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﮤ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬

‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺮﻯ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﴼ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪﺍﺵ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﻠﺴﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺨﺬﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬


‫ﺹ ‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺕ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٤٤‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺸﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻫﺪﻳﮥ ﻓﺎﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻋﻄﺎ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﺶ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٤٤‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺮﺕﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ���ﻳﺒﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﺋﻰ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﮥ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻰﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻠﻰ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺭ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﻃﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﮑﺘﻮﺏ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺣﻤﺎﺳﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍﻣﺎﻳﺎﻧﺎ )‪ (Ramayana‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻫﮑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻳﺴﻪ )‪ (Odyssey‬ﻭ ﺁﺋﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫)‪ ، (Aeneid‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻫﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﮑﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺶ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﻣﺴﺎﺯ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﻫﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﺸﻒ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮤ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺯﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﻼﻗﻰ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻰﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺸﻦﻫﺎﻯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻯﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﮥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫***‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ "ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺮﺩ‪ ".‬ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺸﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩١٤‬ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ" ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ "ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﺵ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺕﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ‬


‫ﺹ ‪٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺘﺶ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻨﺎﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻰﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺑﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻨﺪ‪٦٩.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺟﺰ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﺋﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﮥ ﻣﺨﺎﺻﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﻭﺛﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻣﻀﻤﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺖﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﮥ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻑ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ‪ّ ٧٠".‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪" :‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﺤﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻭ ﻫﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻠﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺲ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺱ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻤﺐ ﺍﺗﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﮥ "ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺮﺁﻝ ﺩﻳﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ" ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ "ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ٧١".‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١٩٤٥‬ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣ ّﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻏﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻈﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ ‪ ١٩٤٥‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ "ﺍﻥ ﺷﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﭘﺮﭼﻢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ" ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮑﻠﻴﻦ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻭﻟﺖ )‪ (Franklin D. Roosevelt‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﮥ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﻢ ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﮥ ‪ ١٩٤٦‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٤٩‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬


‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻘﺐ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ "ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ" ّ‬

‫ﺷﮑﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﭼﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺮﮤ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺻﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺷﻴﺴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﺸﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٥٦‬ﻟﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻭﻟﺰ ﭘﻴﺮﺳﻦ )‪ (Lester Bowles Pearson‬ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﮥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﺤﮥ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﺰﮤ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻮﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﮥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺒﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﻢﮐﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺨﺎﺻﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﮑﻞ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺥ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﮥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻢﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﺭﺩﻭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﮒ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﺯﻯﻫﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺖ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﻭﺣﺸﺘﻨﺎﮐﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺮﻡﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻧﺤﻄﺎﻁ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺰﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺮ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﮥ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﮥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻯ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻭﻟﺖ )‪ (Eleanor Roosevelt‬ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻬﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﻯ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻬﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﮊﻳﻢ ﻧﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﮑﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ّ ّ‬


‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻏﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻰﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻨﻰ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻮﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﮑﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﺲﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻣﺪﺕ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﮐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻧﻈﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻑ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻬﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻗﻀﺎﺕ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺪ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﮐﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪﺍﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﻰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﮐﻤﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﻼﻝ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻯ ﺩﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٨‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﻮﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﮕﻰ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻨﻰﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﮤ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﮑﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻔﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯﻃﻠﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻰ‬

‫ﺣﻴﺮﺕﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺭ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺗﺮﮐﺎﻥ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﮥ ﻫﺎﺑﺴﺒﻮﺭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻬﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻡﻫﺎﻯ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺶ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻣﻰﺭﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﴼ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﻞ ﺩﻟﭙﺴﻨﺪﺷﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻫﮥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺸﻦ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻰ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﻣﻠﮑﻪ ﻭﻳﮑﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﮊﻩ ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﻢﮐﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻯ ّ‬


‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﺮﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮔﺎﻧﺎ ﺩﺑﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺩﺑﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺻﺮﻓﴼ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰﮔﺬﺷﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻧﮏ )‪(Anne،Frank‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﻣﻰﮔﺬﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﮐﻴﻨﮓ )‪ ، (Martin Luther King Jr.‬ﭘﺎﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﺮﻳﺮ )‪، (Paolo Freire‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻭﻯ ﺷﺎﻧﮑﺎﺭ )‪ ، (Ravi Shankar‬ﮔﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﮔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﺎﺭﮐﺰ )‪ ، (Gabriel Garcia Marques‬ﮐﺮﻯ ﺗﻪ‬

‫ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻭﺍ )‪ ، (Kiri Te Kanawa‬ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺎﺭﻑ )‪ ، (Andrei Sakharov‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺯﺍ )‪(Mother Teresa‬‬

‫ﻭ ﮊﺍﻧﮓ ﻳﻤﻮ )‪ (Zhang Yimou‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻮﻃﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﺷﻐﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻻ )‪ (Nelson Mandela‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮤ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﺍﺋﺞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﮎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺳﻰ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻬﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻰﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ١٩٣٠‬ﮐﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺶ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﭘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻤﺮﮐﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﮥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻳﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﮥ ﻳﮏ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺗﻰ ﻣﻨﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻟﻰ ﻧﮑﺸﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﮐﺖ ﮐﺜﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ّ‬


‫ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﴼ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ُﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﻉﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﮕﻰ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﺎ "ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ" )‪ (Marshall Plan‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﮕﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺞﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻠﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﮥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻧﻮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﴽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻯ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﻤﻼﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﮥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺗﺶ‬ ‫ﺣﺲ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﮑﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﭙﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺪﺁﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺒﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٤‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﻭﺱ ﻭ ﮊﺍﭘﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﺷﮑﺴﺖﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﺶ ﮊﺍﭘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ١٩٤١‬ﺗﺎ ‪١٩٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻯ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﻨﮓ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺸﮑﺮﮐﺸﻰ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﻤﮥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﺶ ﻣﻤﻠﮑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺪﻋﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫***‬

‫ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٤٦‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮥ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻔﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮥ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ ١٩٣٨‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮐﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﴼ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﻠﮥ‬


‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻮﺯﻳﻠﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﺮﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻴﻔﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٥٣‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﮔﺴﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺸﻦ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ "ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ" ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻳﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻳﮏ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻭ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺳﻤﴼ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫)ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٥٠٠٠‬ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ‪ ٣٥٠‬ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺥ ‪ ٨‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩٥٢‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻴﺠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻔﻘﴼ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﴽ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﮥ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﮥ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻴﮥ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ّ‬

‫ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺷﺎﻫﺰﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﻮﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﻠﻄﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺮﻉ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻗﺪﻡ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﮥ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪٧٢.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻫﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻃﻰ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ ﻋﻘﺪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬

‫ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﺶ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٦‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻏﻨﻰﺗﺮ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ّّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺟﻬﺸﻰ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗﻰ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ -‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ -‬ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻰﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻏﺘﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﮥ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ" ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻰ "ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺸﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﻼﻥ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻡ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﮐﺒﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﻥﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰ ﺍﻋﻼﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﭘﺮﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻫﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻃﻰ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻈﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺍﺋﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﺋﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ...‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ‬

‫ﮐﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺰﻣﻰ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻰ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎ ﻧﻨﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪٧٣.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﴽ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻯ ﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺎﺗﺤﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻼﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ (Knights of Baha'u'llah) ‬ﻟﻘﺐ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬


‫ﻟﻮﺣﮥ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭﻯ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺿﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺟﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣ���ﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٥٧‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺩﻩ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮑﻔﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻼﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺣﻈﻴﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﺘﻴﺎﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺸﻰ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻣﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﺱ ﮐﻮﻩ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺁﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٥٧‬ﺻﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﮥ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻴﺶ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﮔﻴﺮﻯ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻓﮑﺮﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻮ‪ ‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﮑﻮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ "ﻧﺸﺮ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪٧٤.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻡ‪ "...‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻰ ﺑﺴﺰﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ‬


‫ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻴﺮﺵ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺥ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮥ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﻧﻔﺮﻯ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ١٩٥١‬ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺏ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﺎءﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﻣﺘﻤﺮﮐﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺗﻰ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩٥٢‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﮤ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٨‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﻴﻔﻴﮏ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﺄﺕﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻴﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ٣‬ﺟﻮﻥ ‪ ١٩٥٧‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﮤ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﮐﻦ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻗﺒﻠﮥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺠﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﮥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﻘﴼ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﴽ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ّ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻣﻨﺼﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﭘﺎﻳﮥ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﺣﺎﺭﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻓﻮﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ "‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﮏ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٤‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ‪١٩٥٧‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺪﻫﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﮥ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺑﺘﻼء ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻧﻔﻠﻮﺁﻧﺰﺍﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗﺶ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﭙﺮﻭﺭﺵ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻫﺮﮒ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﮐﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫***‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ّ ّ ‬‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﮔﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢١‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ ‪ ١٩٦٣‬ﺁﺭﺍء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺣﺎﮐﻤﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﮑﻮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ٓ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺶ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪" :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎء ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻨﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ٧٥".‬ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻟﮑﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻭﺍﺻﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻴﻄﮥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺪﻣﺞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﮑﺸﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺁﺭﺍء‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﮥ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﺼﻮﺻﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ّﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ‪٧٦".‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٥١‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﻤﺎﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩٦١‬ﻗﺪﻡ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪١٩٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺭﺧﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻰﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﮑﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﻫﻮﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻯ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻰﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺧﻨﺜﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻮء ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﻴﺪﮤ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﻝ ﻏﻤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ‬ ‫ِِ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻫﺪﺍء ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺕﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﻰﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻫﻴﺄﺗﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺣﺎﮐﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧١‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻰﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﻣﺨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺁﺗﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻂ ﻭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﭘﺬﻳﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻰﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺘﻰ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺸﺘﻨﺎﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ "ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻰﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ" ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻤﻞ" ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫" ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻇﻬﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻨﺪ ﻃﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﴼ ﺗﻔﻬﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﻓﻌ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻟﻪﺍﺵ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﺰﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﴼ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﺼﻮﺻﮥ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻌﻤﺪﴽ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪٧٧.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٢‬‬


‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻰ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﺒﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻃﻰ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﺭﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻟﻪﺍﺵ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻗﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻮﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ "ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺹ" ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﻩﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﮐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻀﺒﺎﻁ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﻰ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻰ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺼﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ " :‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء )ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ( ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ٧٨".‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻬﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﺼﻮﺻﻪ ﻣﺬﺍﮐﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ّ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﮤ ﻫﻴﺄﺗﻰ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﴽ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ٦‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩٦٣‬ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻼﻏﻴﮥ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺎﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻠﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﮥ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻌﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺘﻬ‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻮﺭ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﻩ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪٧٩.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪﺍﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻰﺟﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻯ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﮥ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﮤ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺛﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﮑﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺧﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﺶ ﻣﻠﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﮓ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﴼ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺹ ‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﮥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻴﺮﺵ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻴﻄﺮﻓﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﮑﺎﮎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﺎﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﺰ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺧﻄﻴﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺵ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﮐﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺵ ﺟﺰ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ‬

‫ٓ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺳﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺸﻢﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺳﻴﺮﻯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻰ ﺣﻴﺮﺕﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ‬

‫ﺻﺤﺘﻰ ﺳﻴﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ ���ﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺵ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺫﻫﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰﺁﻣﻴﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﻋﻘﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﮑﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﮤ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻰﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻘﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪٨٠.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺐ ﺁﻥ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﮥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﮐﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻮﻻﻯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﮤ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٤‬‬


‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﮥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺻﻒ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺣﺪﺕﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺻﻒ ﺍﻧﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻋﺠﺒﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺒﺎﺣﻰ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻧﭙﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺭﮐﺴﻴﺴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺳﻰ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﮔﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ "ﺟﻨﮓ ﺳﺮﺩ" ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﺻﻤﮥ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻫﮥ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻯ ﻫﺴﺘﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻼﺡﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻔﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻫﺸﺘﻨﺎﮐﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺮﻭﺷﻴﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﮔﺎﺯﺍﮐﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﺎﺗﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﴼ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻮﻭ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩١٤‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺧﻮﻓﻨﺎﮐﻰ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﮥ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﮤ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﻯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺴﮑﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ "ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﮥ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﻼﮐﺖ‪٨١".‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻫﻮﺍء ﺍﺭﺽ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻏﻢﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﮥ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﴼ ﻣﻨﮑﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٦‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺄﺱ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻰﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻟﺠﺎﺟﺖ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺕ ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻮﻕ‬


‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٠‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﻫﻪﻫﺎﻯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻢﮐﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﻮﻍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻗﮥ ﺍﺻﻠﻴﺶ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺳﻴﺎﻟﻴﺴﺘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮥ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺨﻴﺰﻯ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻰ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ "ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻯ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ" ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺖﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﮏﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﮊﻳﻢﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺩﺳﺘﺨﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺪﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺗﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺻ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﮎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺷﮑﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﮐﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻒ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﮕﺮﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻠﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺿﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﺣﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺮﺏﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺁﺩﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺽ ﮐﻪ ﺿﺮﺭﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺷﻮﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺤﻄﺎﻁ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺖ( ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺎﻟﻴﺴﻢ )ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺳﺖﺁﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺭﮐﺴﻴﺴﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺫﺑﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﮑﻦ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﮥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺴﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻠﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺴﻔﮥ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻰﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻠﺶ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﴼ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺘﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺶﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬


‫ﻣﺤﻮﻟﻪﺍﺵ ﮐﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﻤﺎﻫﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ ﺭﻏﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺖﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻫﻼﻧﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺿﺎء ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻃﻔﻰ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺤﻄﺎﻁ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻰﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﻰﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻋﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺁﮐﺎﺩﻣﻴﮏ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭﻯ ﺻﺤﻨﮥ ﺍﮐﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﴼ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﮥ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﭙﻮﺯﻳﻢﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﺴﺐ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺭﺱﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺖ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺸﻰ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻘﮥ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻼﺋﻖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻰﺯﺩﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﮤ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﺍﺗﻴﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ "ﺩﺭ ﻃﻴﻨﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪ ٨٢".‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﺘﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺟﺮ ﺟﺰﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺟﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺿﺎء ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﺠﺒﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﻋﻰ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺯﻯ ﻧﻤﻰﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺯﺵﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﮔﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻀﺒﺎﻁ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﻰ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺴﺴﺘﮕﻰﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻦ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮﻟﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺷﮑﺎﻓﻰ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﭘﻰ ﻣﻰﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺠﺶﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﮥ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻰ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻰﻋﻼﻗﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻰﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎﺋﻰ‪،‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﺴﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﺎﻓﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺼﺺﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻼﺝ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫***‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺮﺁﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻰ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﺶ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﮤ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺷﺪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﻰ ﺷﺶ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﻍ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺻﻮﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻔﺬﻳﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻓﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ) ّ‬

‫ﺁﺷﻮﺏﻃﻠﺒﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻌﻰ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﻰ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻮء ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﺳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻌﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉﺗﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭﻣﻰﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻍ ﻗﻴﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭘﻠﺌﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﮥ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻳﮏ‬

‫ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺸﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﮥ ﺷﮑﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﺟﻌﻪﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﺰﺟﺮ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯﻯﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻄﮥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪﮤ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻰﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﻍ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺑﻌﺪﻯ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﺮﮤ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺷﮑﻔﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﮤ ّ‬

‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻔﺘﻦ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻄﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﺋﺼﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻓﻌ‪ ‬ﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺍﺭﺽ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺣﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﺳﻒ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺄﺱ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺶ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ "ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ"‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮑﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٣‬ﻧﺼﻴﺒﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻤﺶ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﻮﺷﺸﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺗﻴﮏ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﻫﻮﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺗﺤﺖ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٣‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ّ‬

‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﻀﺒﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻣﻰﻣﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﺶ ﻓﺮﻭﺗﻦ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻮﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﺶ ﺣﮑﻤﻔﺮﻣﺎﺳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺣﺎﮐﻤﮥ ﺍﻋﻼﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ‬

‫ٓ��� ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﴽ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺰﻣﻰ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺧﺪﺷﻪﺍﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﺑﺮ ﻃﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎﻧﮥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺄﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﮑﻮﻳﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻭﻋﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﺯﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٠‬‬


‫ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻋﻄﺎء ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻋﺠﺒﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٣‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻭﻋﺪﮤ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺧﻮﺷﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ ".‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻰ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻤﺮﻳﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﻻﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﮏ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﮑﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻸ ﺍﻻﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻳﻔﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻤﮑﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪٨٣".‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﮐﻪ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﺻﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﮐﺜﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺿﺎﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﻋﺪﮤ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﻋﻄﺎء ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪" :‬ﻓﺮﻉ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻣﮥ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺼﻤﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺾ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﻰ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪٨٤".‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻤﻞ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻀﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻧﻤﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪٨٥.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮏ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻰﻧﻈﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﻯ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺵ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻄﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨١‬‬


‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺻﻌﺐ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮑﮑﻢ"‪ ٨٦،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ "ﻻ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺰﺏﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻰﺟﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻣﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﮥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺟﺖ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺷﺎﻥ ﺷﮑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻰ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﺎﺭﻯ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪" :‬ﻧﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ٨٧".‬ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪" ‬ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻰ ﻧﺎﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﻣﺒﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ )ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻧﻴﮏ( ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﺶ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ"‪ ٨٨‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻴﻨﻮﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪" ‬ﺣﺎﮐﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ٨٩".‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﮥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﺶ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﮥ ﺁﻣﺎﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺪﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻯ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺟﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﮑﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﺰﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻫﺸﺖ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺭﺷﮑﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥﺁﺭﺍﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﺶ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻰﮐﺸﺪ‪٩٠.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﴼ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻮﺏ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺋﻰ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍّﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻧﻈﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪" :‬ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ٩١"...‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻠّﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﮐﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺩﻟﮕﺮﻡﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻼﺝ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٢‬‬


‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪" :‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻠﻢﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﮤ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬

‫ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ٩٢".‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﻰﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬

‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻓﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﭘﺮﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٣‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ّّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺷﮕﺮﻓﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻠﺶ ���ﺼﻤﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵﻧﺸﺪﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﺮ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ١٩٥٧‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٩٦٣‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ٩٣‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٨‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﺄﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺳﻬﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٧٣‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻔﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٤‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻫﻴﺄﺕﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺗﮑﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪٩٤.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،١٩٦٤‬ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ،١٩٧٤‬ﻧﻘﺸﮥ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ،١٩٧٩‬ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ،١٩٨٦‬ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ،١٩٩٣‬ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪ ١٩٩٦‬ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﻫﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻃﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﮥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮔﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺧّﻼﻗﮥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪﺍﺵ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﻭﺣﺪﺕﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻯ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺘﺶ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺑﺎﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﻗﻮﻣﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰﮤ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺻﻔﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺟﻠﺐ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ "ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ" ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٧‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺨﺶ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﴼ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﮑﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٥‬‬


‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﻴﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻫﮑﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ١٩٦٠‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩٧٠‬ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﻪﺗﻮﺁ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺎﻧﻮﻣﺎﻓﻴﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﻡ )‪ (Malietoa Tanumafili II‬ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻣﻮﺁ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﻭﺍﻻﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺟﺰﻡ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﺰﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻭﮔﺎﻧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﺰﻯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺑﻮﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻻﺳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﻭ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺋﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻟﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﺘﻨﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﻫﻨﻤﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺮﺷﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﮏ ﺗﮏ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﮏ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺰﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮏ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﮤ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺪﺩ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ّ‬

‫ﭘﺮﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺻﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّّ‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﺍﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﮥ ﻗﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺿﺪﺕ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ّ‬


‫ﺹ ‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻴﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻓﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻻﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻴﮏ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻭﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻰ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺪﻭﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻨﻔﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﺎﻗﺮ ﻧﻘﺶ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺜﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﮤ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺩﻫﮥ ‪ ١٩٦٠‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩٧٠‬ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ٩٥".‬ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻨﮥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﺮﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺷﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺤﻮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺭﴽ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﺸﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻓﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﻴﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺪﻗﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﮥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﴼ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﺖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭘﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺯﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺠﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺟﺪ ﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻮﺭﴽ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﻧﺎﺷﺪﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻯ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎء ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﻳﺄﺱ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬


‫ﻣﺼﺪﻗﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻮﮤ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٧‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﮥ ﻋﻤﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﮥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻰ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﮕﻮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﮑﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ؟ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺠﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ّ‬

‫ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻋﻄﺎء ﮐﺮﺩ؟ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺍﺩﻯ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ؟ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺟﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ؟ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺮﮎ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﺵ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺮﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؟ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﮥ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ؟ ﻳﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺻﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻏﻨﺎﺑﺨﺶ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﻮﺩ؟ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ؟‬

‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﮥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﺶ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﻮﺷﺸﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﴼ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﺱ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‬


‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﴼ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺗﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﻤﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﻣﻰﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻯ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ )ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺎﺗﻴﮏ( ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻰﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٨‬‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻰﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻯ ﻧﺎﮔﺴﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﻫﻤﻌﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻭ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻰ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻧﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ‪ّ ّ ،‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﻔﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰﮤ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻴﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ��� ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٩٨٣‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﮥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﻰﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺩﺁﻣﻮﺯﻯ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯﻯ ﻭ‬


‫ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﮥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﭘﻴﮕﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﮋﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﮤ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﺎﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﺶ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻯ ﺷﺒﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﮥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻰ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﮕﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺩﺭﺩﻧﺎﮐﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﻯ ﻣﻰﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ّ ١٩٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍﺕ ٓ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﮥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪﮤ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻰﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻠﺶ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺗﺶ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٨٦‬ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮐﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺒﻴﻨﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻔﺶ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮّﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻼﻗﮥ‬

‫ﺗﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺋﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ" ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ " ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﮑﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﮥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﮥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻗﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﴽ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ "ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ"‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٠‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻧﻔﻮﺫﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺟﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺭﮤ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﺴﻂ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻂ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﮥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻰ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻓﺶ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺰﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻯ ﺗﺒﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺸﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻫﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺮﺷﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺼﻞﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻠﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻴﻮﭘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬


‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻨﻰﺗﺮﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﮥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﮑﺘﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﺵ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ‬

‫ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪﻯ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ��� ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﺯﺋﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮔﻮﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺗﺸﻰ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻤﺎﺳﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﺴﻞﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺳﻬﻤﻰ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﮔﺎﻧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺁﻧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﮤ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵﻧﺎﺷﺪﻧﻰ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺫﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺩﻭﻯ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﺒﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺸﺘﻨﺎﮎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺘﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰﮐﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺷﺎﻧﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﮐﻮﭺ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻗﺺ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺋﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٩٢‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ٢٧٠٠٠‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺘﺲ )‪ (Javits Convention Center‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ُﻧﻪ‬

‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻳﻨﺲ ﺁﻳﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﮑﻮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻳﺮﻭﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﻫﻠﻰ ﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺮ ﭘﺎﻧﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﺎﭘﻮﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﮐﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻣﻮﺁﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺤﻈﮥ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻳﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺨﻨﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﺮ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪﮤ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺎﻫﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﮑﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬


‫ﻼ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ‪ ٢٨٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗ ّ ً‬

‫ﻣﻤﻠﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﮓ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺩﻝﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺴﮑﻮ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺖ‬

‫ﺭﮊﻳﻢ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺷﺮﮐﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻰﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﻣﻰﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺪ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺗﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﮑﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﻣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺸﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﻭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﮑﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﺭﻳﻦ )‪ (Mandarin‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺁﮐﺎﺩﻣﻰ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﭘﮑﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﭘﺎﻳﮥ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﭼﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﻨﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻼﻧﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻰ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ّّ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٩٦‬ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻰﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٤‬ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﺸﮥ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﻤﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٩٦‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺘﺠﺰﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﺍﻯ ﭼﺸﻢﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻯ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻰ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻔﺘﮥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﴽ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻔﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﻯ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﻣﻰ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٣‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﺶ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻓﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﺱﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﴼ ﮐﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎ ﻭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ���ﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻣﺎﻯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪" :‬ﻧﻮﺭﺳﻴﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻟﮥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﮥ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ٩٦".‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ ٓ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ‬


‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﮥ ‪ ١٩٧٠‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﮥ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻏﻴﺮﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻀﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻋﻨﻒ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﮥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﮥ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻰ )‪ (training institutes‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻰ )‪ (study circles‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ّ ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﺴﻞ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ "ﻳﮏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﴼ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺑﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﴽ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻠﻮﮤ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻔﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪ ٩٧".‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﺎﮐﺎﻣﻰﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﭼﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﺡﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﺘﴼ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﺭﮤ" ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ "ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﮏ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺮ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬


‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻻﺯﻣﻪﺍﺵ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻼﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﮐﺖ ﺟﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٣‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ّ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺒﺎﺣﻰ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﮑﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺤﻼﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ّ ...‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻰﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫﺵ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺂﻝ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪٩٨.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﮥ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻰﺭﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﭘﺎﺷﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺒﻮﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﭘﺎﺷﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎء ﻣﻨﻔﺎﻯ ﻣﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﮑﻮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫"ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﮥ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﺑﻰﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﺶ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‪ ٩٩".‬ﻭ ّ‬


‫ﺿﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺎﺋﺴﺶ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﭘﺎﺷﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻄﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺷﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺶ ﻣﻰﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻤﻊ ﻭﺭﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻰ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﮐﻴﻪ ﻟﻄﻤﮥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻮﺷﺸﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٦‬‬

‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻯ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻧﮏ )‪ (Lake Mohonk Peace Conference‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء "ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻯ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ" )‪ (Central Organization for a Durable Peace‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﮥ ﻣﺠﺮﻳﮥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺧﻴﺮﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‪ ...‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻋﻈ���ﻢ ﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﻻﺯﻣﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺯﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﮎ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺷﺠﺮﮤ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‪١٠٠.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﻣﻰﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﮥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺐ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﻭﻻﻳﺘﺶ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ١٩٢٥‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺭﺩ )‪ (Jean Stannard‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮊﻧﻮ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ "ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﻴﻔﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬


‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ" ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﺸﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﻔﺎء ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﮐﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩٢٨‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻋﺮﺿﺤﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ١٩٢٩‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻮﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﺪﻭﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ "ﻇﻠﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﺭﴽ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻋﺪﮤ ﺍﮐﻴﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ".‬ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭﴽ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻃﻔﺮﻩ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻀﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﻓﺎ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ١٠١.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪﻯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻋﻴﮥ ﻣﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻨﺎﻑ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﮥ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﻴﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻃﻔﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻣﺢ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻞ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻀﻴﮥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺣﺶ‪ ...‬ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺴﻠﻮﺑﮥ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ "ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻰﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ" ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻯ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻋﺠﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺙ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺩﻫﺸﺖ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪١٠٢.‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻊﺗﺮ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٤٧‬ﮐﻤﻴﺘﮥ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﻮﻣﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﺳﻨﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ "‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻬﺪﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ" ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺴﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺸﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ "ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ" )‪ (The Baha'i International Community‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻰﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻨﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٨‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﻢ‬

‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭘﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺗﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻬﺮﺍﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺒﮑﮥ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮤ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ) ‪United Nations‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫‪ ( associations‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﴽ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩٧٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ )‪ (ECOSOC‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ )‪ (UNEP‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٧٤‬ﺭﺳﻤﴼ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٧٦‬ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﺴﻒ )‪ ، (UNICEF‬ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٥٥‬ﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٢‬ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺶ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻊ ّ‬

‫***‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٨٠‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮊﻧﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬


‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻠﻊ ﻭ ﻗﻤﻊ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺯﺍﺩﮔﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺘﻤﮑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻯ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺧ���ﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺩﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺰﺟﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﭙﻠﻤﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺩﻫﮥ ‪ ١٨٥٠‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﮥ ﻗﺘﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﮐﺜﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﺘﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺟﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺮﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ّ ١٩٥٥‬‬

‫ﺿﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﮥ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﻃﻠﻴﻌﮥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٧٩‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺩﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻰﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺯﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪" .‬ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ"‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺸﮑﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ "ﭘﺎﺳﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ" ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻯ ﺷﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻴﺲ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﮥ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩﮐﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﺮﮔﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻰ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﮑﺎﻩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ‬


‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺩﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﻤﮑﻴﺸﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻘﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻯﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﺻﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺎﮐﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٨٩‬ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺣﻤﺎﺳﮥ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻘﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺡ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٠‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮒ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﻳﺄﺱ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻰﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻋﺸﻘﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﻧﻤﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ...‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﮑﻨﺠﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏﻫﺎ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﮤ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﴼ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﺑﻰ )ﮐﺬﺍ( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺳﺨﻨﻰ ﻧﻤﻰﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﻣﺪ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﻧﻤﻰﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﺣﻤﺎﺳﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺑﻰ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﻴﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﮑﺴﺖﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺶ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺻﻤﻴﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺠﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪١٠٣.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﮤ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺒﮥ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻬﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺰﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻢ ﺑﻴﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻠﻬﺎﻧﮥ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻧﻈﻴﺮﺵ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ‪ ‬ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻧﻮ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺁﺋﻴﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﮥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺷﻴﻔﺘﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺳﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻠﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﻭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻌﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﮥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﺍﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﻳﺤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠١‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻮﻕ‬

‫ﻗﻀﻴﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﺍﻳﺢ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﺷﮑﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﮑﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﮥ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺭﮊﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺒﻴﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯ ﻋﻀﻮ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﴼ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﮑﺎﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺾ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﮔﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻀﻴﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﺑﻰﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠّﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬

‫"ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ" )‪" ، (The New York Times‬ﻟﻮﻣﻮﻧﺪ" )‪" ، (Le Monde‬ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮑﻔﻮﺭﺗﺮ ﺁﻟﮕﻤﺎﻳﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻳﺘﻮﻧﮓ" )‪ (Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung‬ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﺣﻠﻘﮥ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻠﮥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﻰ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻣﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﴼ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺗﻘﺒﻴﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﻋﻤ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﺒﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﺍﺵ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻀﻴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﮔﺬﺭﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﮔﺮﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩٨٣‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻓﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ‬

‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫***‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭﻟﻰ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻃﺮﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺭﮊﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻗﻀﻴﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ" ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ " ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ‬

‫ﺧﻔﺘﻪﺍﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻏﻴﺮﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﮥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﻮﻟﺶ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻯ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻣﻰ ﻳﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺳﺘﻢﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻧﻤﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﻰﮐﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﻰﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﮏﻫﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺒﺎﻫﻰ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖ‬


‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺟﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺯﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﮑﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء‬ ‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫***‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺒﻮﺣﮥ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺑﺘﮑﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﮥ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﮥ "ﻭﻋﺪﮤ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ"‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩٨٥‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﮑﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺑﺴﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻣﻰﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ ...‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺤﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﻣﻰﻧﻬﻴﻢ‪١٠٤.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﮤ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻰ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﭙﻴﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﮥ "ﻭﻋﺪﮤ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ" ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٨٥‬ﺗﺎ ﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻧﻔﻮﺫﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﻄﮥ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ّ‬


‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﺍﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺠﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺮﻫﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٨‬ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﮥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺋﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﴽ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻫﻴﺄﺕﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺄﺕﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺑﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺱ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩّﻻﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺨﺼﺺ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺋﻰ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺗﺶ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﮤ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺗ‬ ‫ﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺗﻴﮏ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫"ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻫﺎﻯ" ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﮤ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻌﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺮﮐﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﮐﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺤﻮﮤ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ١٩٩٠‬ﻭ ‪ّ ١٩٩٦‬‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭﴽ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺑﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﴼ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﺻﻮﻟﻰ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬


‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺶ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ "ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﻪ" ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ )‪" ،(١٩٩٠‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ" ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ )‪" ،(١٩٩٠‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ" ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﻮﺩﻭﮊﺍﻧﻴﺮﻭ )‪" ،(١٩٩٢‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ" ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺷﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ" ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻫﺮﻩ )‪،(١٩٩٤‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ )‪" ،(١٩٩٣‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫"ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ" ﺩﺭ ﮐﭙﻨﻬﺎﮒ )‪ ،(١٩٩٥‬ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺷﻮﺭ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﮑﻦ )‪ .(١٩٩٥‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺤﺚ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻯ‬

‫ﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﻪﺍﻯ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫***‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺴﺐ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻰ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻫﻴﺄﺕﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﺭﺃﻳﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻨﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺘﺠﺰﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺑﻴﻨﮕﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺰء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﮤ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﮑﺎﮎ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﮔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪﻯ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺒﻨﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺃﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪ّ " :‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺖ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺷﮑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪١٠٥".‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮﺯﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻔﺮﻯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻰﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ٢٨‬ﻣﻰ ‪ ١٩٩٢‬ﻋﺎﻟﻰﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺯﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎء ﻳﮏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻠﺴﻪﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﭘﺎﺭﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻬﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﭘﺎﺭﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪" :‬ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪١٠٦".‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻟﻪﺍﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﮐﻢﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺸﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﺑﺨﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ" ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﮥ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﺸﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﻰ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺰﺍﺑﺖ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ )‪ (Jane Elizabeth Whyte‬ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻯ‬ ‫"ﻓﺮﻯ ﭼﺮﭺ" )‪ (Free Church‬ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﺩﻳﻨﺒﻮﺭﮒ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﺍﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‪ ...‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ‪ ...‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﻊ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ ﺍﺛﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻦﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺛﺮﺵ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻴﴼ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭﻃﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻭﻃﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺷﺸﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻨﺲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﴼ ﻗﻄﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ‪١٠٧.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﮐﺎﻣ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺎﺭﭼﻮﺑﮥ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﺪﻩﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ّ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻰ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺍﺭﮤ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ "ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ" ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﮏﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﮑﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ "ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ" ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺣﺎﮐﻤﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪" .‬ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭﻃﻦ"‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﴽ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻃﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬


‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ "ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ" ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﻯ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺧﻮﺩﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﮑﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻌﻰ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺋﻰ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺩﭘﻴﺸﮥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫***‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩﺍﻯ ﻭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٢‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٦‬ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻥ )‪ (Kofi Annan‬ﺩﺑﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﻮﻓﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ "ﻣﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮤ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺳﻰ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﻭ ﺳﻬﻴﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪١٠٨".‬‬

‫ﮐﻤﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣١‬ﺍﻭﺕ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺑﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻰﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻤﴼ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ " ّ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺷﺘﻰ ﭘﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺧﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻧﻬﻨﺪ‪١٠٩".‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺸﻦ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٦‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٨‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﻝ ﮔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻐﺘﻨﻤﻰ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﮕﻮﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺨﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻰﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬


‫ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻣﻌﻨﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎﻣﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻀﺎء ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺟﺪﴽ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﺪ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﮐﺖﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰﺟﻮﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻰﺷﺎﺋﺒﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻬﺪ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪١١٠".‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٠‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﺎﺣﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺁﻗﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻮﺋﻰ ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻃﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻑ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪" :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻓﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺷﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩﺍﺵ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪" .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬ ‫***‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﮤ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺛﺮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻓﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺷﮏ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﻘﺎﻻﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺒﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪ ﺣﺎﮐﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺪﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻘﴼ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﻋﻄﻔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻀﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻃﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺭﺳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﺶ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻣﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻧﮥ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺎﻳﮥ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﺗﮑﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺎ ﺯﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﮎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬


‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪﺍﻯ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩ���ﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺄﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺿﻰ ﻣﺴﺮﻯ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﻃﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﮥ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﻂ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻠﺞ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺣﺸﺘﻨﺎﮎ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ "ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﺷﮑﻨﻰ" )‪ (deconstructionism‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻠﺐ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺩﺁﻭﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺬﺍﮐﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﮥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺷﺒﮑﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺸﻦ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻯ )‪ (World Wide Web‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺮ "ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻥ" )‪ (globalization‬ﮐﻪ ﻃﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻰ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﻯ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﮥ ﻗﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻻﺋﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﮥ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻫﻨﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﺭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻯ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﮤ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪ّ ّ .‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﮑﺮﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻠﻔﻴﻖ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻫﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻢﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ "ﻳﮏ ﻭﻃﻦ" ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻢ "ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ" ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ "ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻥ" ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ ﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬


‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺶ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣ ّﻠﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮤ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻝ ﭘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻮﭺ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻤﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻥ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻠﻰ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻨﴼ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٢‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻏﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﮥ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﮑﻤﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻰ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻗﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﮐﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺟﻤﻌﻴّﺖﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ‪ ‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﮤ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺶ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺗﺮ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻯ ﻭ ﺷﻐﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻯ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞﺷﺪﻧﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﮐﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻟﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺷﺒﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﮤ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻮﺏﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﺮﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﮥ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝﻫﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻮﺟﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗ ّ‬


‫ﭼﻪﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺿﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯﻫﺎ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﴼ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺴﻰ ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺎﮎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺟﻌﻪﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﮐﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﺑﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﮥ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﺎﮐﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٩٩‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻠﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٩٠‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻓﻌ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﻮﺕ ﻻﻳﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٩٩٧‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻃﻰ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺯﺥ ﺗﻨﮓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻓﻘﻴﺮﺗﺮ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺄﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﺶ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﮥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻌﻼﻗﮕﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ‬ ���ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻢ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻴﻄﺮﻓﻰ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺗﺶ ﻣﻨﺼﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﮑﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺒﻮﺣﮥ ﺁﺗﺶﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺯﻩﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﮔﺸﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪﻯ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﺴﻰ ﻏﻴﺐﮔﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻰﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫***‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﺯ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﺋﺺ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺴﺖﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻤﺤﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﮐﻤﻮﻧﻴﺴﻢ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺷﻴﺴﻢ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪﺍﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﮐﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ" ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ " ّ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺖﮔﺮﺍﺋﻰ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ" ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮔﻮﺋﻴﻢ " ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺭﺯﺵﻫﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫ﻣﮑﻤﻞ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻠﻔﻴﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺶ ﻣﻰﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﻓﺮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻧﻤﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻼﻧﻰ ﻭﺭﺷﮑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﻬﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻰﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ‬

‫ﺗﺪﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﭼﺮﺍ )ﺁﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﻫﺎ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﮑﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ؟"‪١١١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﺼﻮﻥ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﴼ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﮕﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﺧﻼﺋﻖ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻟﮕﺎﻡﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮥ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻭ ﻃﻤﻊ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻰﺗﺮﺍﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ "ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻼﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ" ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﺒﮥ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺼﺐﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩﭘﺮﺳﺘﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻰﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ّ‬


‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﴼ ﻣﻰﮐﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺗﺮﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﮑﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﮥ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﮥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺑﺰﺩﺍﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﮑﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﻭﺛﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ٓ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺠﺐ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺁﺯﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﺩ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭﴽ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻰ ﺳﺮ ﺗﻤﮑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍّﻻ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺮﺷﴼ ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺳﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺮﺗﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﻬﺎ‪١١٢".‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﺫﴽ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻰﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ "ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ".‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻰ ﺷﮕﺮﻓﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻰ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪" :‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮤ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ".‬ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻰ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻢﮐﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﺶ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﮥ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻰﮔﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ " ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"‪ ١١٣‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺮﮐﮥ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬


‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻪ‪ ...‬ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻻﺷﻴﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺷﻬﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺋﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﮑﻮﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟّﻼﻫﻮﺕ‪١١٤.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ "ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ" ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺋﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺳﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺪﻳ��� ﺁﻣﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺱ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺷﮕﺮﻓﻰ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺴﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّّ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺂﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺂﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻧﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﭙﻴﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻤﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺞﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻋﻴﺖ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﻣﮥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻢﺗﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺳﺨﺘﺪﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻟﺠﺎﺟﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﺶ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ّ " :‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺤﻂ ﻭ ﻏﻼء ﻭ ﺁﻓﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪١١٥".‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻮﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫***‬

‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺛﻠﺚ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ ﻓﻬﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺧﻮﺗﻰ" ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﻰﮐﺮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﻧﻬﻀﺘﻰ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ّ‬


‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ "ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺗﺮ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ" ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﺩﮤ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﺶ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﺵ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪" :‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٧‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻘﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻋﻼﻧﺶ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‪١١٦".‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺲ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺧّﻼﻗﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻰ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﮥ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻣﻰﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﮤ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺶ‬

‫ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﻪﺍﺵ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﻭ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﮥ‬ ‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻣﺪﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٦٣‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺠﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﺶ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﮎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻬﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٩٢‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﮥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‪ّ " :‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ‪ ١١٧".‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬

‫ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺶ ﺍﺭﺿﺎء ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪" :‬ﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﮐﻢ‬


‫ﻗﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﮐﺔ ﻗﻠﻤﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﻃﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﮐﺬﻟﮏ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﮐﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪١١٨".‬‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻰﺍﻓﮑﻨﺪ ﻏﻠﺒﮥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻮ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺵ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻊ ﻭ ﻗﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺧﻔﻘﺎﻧﺶ ﮐﻤﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٨‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺩﻫﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺿﻤﺤﻼﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﻧﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﮏ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﻋﮥ ﺍﮐﺎﺫﻳﺐ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﮥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﮊﻳﻢﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻩﻃﻠﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﮑﺐ ﻣﻰﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻤﻼﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﻮﻡﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻰﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﮥ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻣﺘﺶ ﺑﻴﻔﺰﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪﺍﺵ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻰﺁﻣﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﺵ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻢﺗﺮ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺎﺫﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮐﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻯ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﻤﻮﺩﺕ ﺷﻌﻠﮥ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺪﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﮥ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﺶ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫***‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﮥ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﮥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻐﺘﻨﻢ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻮﻩ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪﺍﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﺭﻗﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺒﮑﻰ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺍﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ���ﺩﺍﺭﻯ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪ‪١١٩".‬‬


‫ﺗﺒﺮﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﮥ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﻯ ﺑﺎ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺟﺎﻣﮥ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﻳﻤﺎﻧﮥ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪" :‬ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﮏ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﮏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻠﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻯ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺗﻪ‪ ١٢٠".‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﺱ ﮐﻮﻩ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﮥ ﮐﻮﻩ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﺑﻰﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻰ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﺵ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻓﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩﻯ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﺋﻘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﺶ ﻣﻰﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺧﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻰﻗﺪﺭﺵ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﺴﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻌﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻮﻩ ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﮥ ﮐﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪١٢١".‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬

‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻧﻴﮏ ﻭ ﮐ ّ ً‬

‫ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﻤﻼﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘّﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺖ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻌﺐ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﻘﺸﮥ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻰﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻮﻩ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻯ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻧﺎﮔﺴﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺗﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻯ ﮔﻠﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺜﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﮥ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬


‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺤﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﭘﺮﻓﺘﻮﺡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺸﺖ‪ ...‬ﻣﺆﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻓﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ "ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ" ﻭ "ﺩﺭﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ" ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪١٢٢.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ" ﻭ "ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻰﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﮥ ﺁﻻﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﺶ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﮥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﮑﺴﺖﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﻯ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫***‬

‫ﻣﮑﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪" :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪١٢٣".‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻃﺮﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻟﻄﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ " ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪١٢٤".‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﻰ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺷﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺰ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﮑﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﴼ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻪﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻣﻰﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺣﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺬﺍﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻌﮥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬


‫ﺭﻭﺩ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﻰﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫"ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺤﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻳﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪١٢٥".‬‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻣﻌﺎﺿﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻰ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻯ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﺩﻫﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﺻﻠﻴﺶ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻣﺪﺩ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﮥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢١‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺋﻰ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻼﻯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺰ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬

‫ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻫﺸﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺴﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﻧﻤﻰﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍ‬

‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻬﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﺶ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﻯ؟ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﻴﺎء ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ؟ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺸﺎء ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻻﺣﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺑّﮏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﺒﻀﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍّﻻ ﺍﻻﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺑﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻋﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻓﻀ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪١٢٦.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٢‬‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢٣‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ _ ١‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ )ﻗﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺕ‪ ١٩٢٠ ،‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺻﺺ‪.٣٢٢-٣٢١‬‬ ‫‪2 - Shoghi Effendi, The Promised Day Is Come (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust,‬‬ ‫‪1996), P. 1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ _۳‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪) ،‬ﺝ‪) (١‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ‪ّ :‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ١٩٧٩ ،‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺻﺺ‪.٣٠-٢٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﻪ )ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١٩٨٤ ،‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ ٤‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٤‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬


‫‪ _ ٥‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ‪ ١٢١ ،‬ﺏ ( ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ّ‬ ‫) ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ّ :‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪.١٣٣‬‬

‫‪ _ ۶‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ _ ٧‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ‪ ،‬ﺻﺺ‪.١٣٤-١٣٣‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺖ ٓ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ّ ّ‬ ‫‪ " _ ٨‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻭ ﺭﻣﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻼﻳﺶ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮐﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺗﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺋﺮﮤ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺩﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺗﺴﻌﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﺮﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﻢ ﻻﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻴﺎﻧﮥ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻮﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺴﻌﮥ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﮥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﻞ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﺍﺳﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﮤ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﮥ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﺭﻓﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎء ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺻﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ ﻻﻻ ﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺗﺸﻴﻴﺪ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺍﺱ ﺿﺮﻳﺢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰ ﺍﺳﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ"‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﮑﻴﻨﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﻣﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﺒﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١٤٩ ،‬ﺏ‪ ١٩٩٢ ،‬ﻡ(‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ )ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺺ‪.(٣٦٩-٣٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١٥٤ ،‬ﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٩‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﺼﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ ﺍ‪) ‬ﻫﻮﻓﻬﺎﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ١٩٩٧‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٢٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ١٤٩ ،‬ﺏ‪١٩٩٢ ،‬‬ ‫‪ _ ١٠‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻡ )ﺩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺱ‪ّ :‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻡ ( ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٥٥٤‬‬ ‫‪ _ ١١‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪) ،‬ﺝ‪ ،(١‬ﺻﺺ‪.٢٣٥-٢٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪۱۲۴‬‬

‫‪12- Shoghi Effendi, God Passes By (Wilmette Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1995), p. 258.‬‬ ‫‪13- Ibid., p. 259.‬‬ ‫‪14 - The Baha'i Centenary, 1844-1944, compiled by the National Spiritual‬‬ ‫‪Assembly of the Baha'is of the United States and Canada (Wilmette: Baha'i‬‬ ‫‪PublishingCommittee, 1944), pp. 140-141.‬‬

‫‪ - ١٥‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٥٦١‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ - ١٦‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء )ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬


‫‪ ١٩٨٤‬ﻡ ( ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.٢٦‬‬ ‫‪ -١٧‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ‪ ،‬ﺝ ‪ ) ٣‬ﻗﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺝﺍ‪ ‬ﺯﮐﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﺩﻯ ‪ ١٣٤٠ ،‬ﻫـ ‪ ‬ﻕ ( ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺺ ‪.٥٥ - ٥٤‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٣٧٢‬‬

‫‪18 - God Passes By, pp. 281-282‬‬

‫‪  ٢٠‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪) ،‬ﺝ‪ ،(١‬ﺹ‪.٩٧‬‬ ‫‪  ٢١‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.١٨‬‬ ‫‪22  Abdul-Baha, The Promulgation of Universal Peace (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing‬‬ ‫‪Trust, 1995), pp. 455-456 .‬‬ ‫‪23  Juliet Thompson, The Diary of Juliet Thompson (Los Angeles: Kalimat Press,‬‬ ‫‪1983), p. 313.‬‬

‫‪24 - God Passes By, pp. 244-245.‬‬ ‫‪25 - Baha'i World Faith (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1976), p. 429.‬‬ ‫‪26 -`Abdu'l-Baha in Canada (Forest: National Spiritual Assembly of Canada, 1962), p.51.‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٢٧‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١١٦‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٢٨‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪) ‬ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ‪ ١٤١ ،‬ﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩٨٤‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٧٠‬‬

‫‪29 - Promulgation of Universal Peace, p. 305.‬‬

‫‪30 - Shoghi Effendi, Citadel of Faith (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1995), p. 32.‬‬ ‫‪  ۳۱‬ﺣﺼﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﺺ‪.٤١ - ٤٠‬‬ ‫‪  ٣٢‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ١٤٦ ،‬ﺏ‪ ١٩٨٩ ،‬ﻡ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ )ﺩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺱ‪ّ :‬‬ ‫ﺻﺺ‪.٤١-٤٠‬‬

‫‪  ٣٣‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﺼﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٣٥‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‬ ‫‪  ٣٤‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ )ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ّ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١٣٤ ،‬ﺏ(‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ .٣٧‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﮤ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬


‫‪ ٣٥‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ )ﺣﻴﻔﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ١٩٩٥ ،‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ . ٨٨‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺯﻳﺎﻧﮥ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ﺣﮑﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺷﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪۱۲۵‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮ‬ ‫‪  ٣٦‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١٥٦ ،‬ﺏ‪ ٢٠٠٠ ،‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ .٦‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ )ﻫﻮﻓﻬﺎﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪37 - The Baha'i. World, vol. XV (Haifa: Baha'i World Centre, 1976), p. 132‬‬

‫‪38 - Horace Holly, Religion.for Mankind (London: George Ronald, 1956), pp. 243-244‬‬

‫‪  ٣٩‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء )ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﮔﻠﺴﺘﺎﻧﮥ ﺷﻴﺮﺍﺯﻯ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﭘﺎﮐﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ١٩٦٠ ،‬ﻡ ( ﺹ ‪.١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۳۴۲‬ﻩ ﻕ ( ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﭼﺎﭖ ) ﮐﺮﺍﭼﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫‪  ٤٠‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٦٦٢‬‬

‫‪41 - Shoghi Effendi, Baha'i Administration (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1998‬‬ ‫‪P. 15.‬‬ ‫‪42 - Ruhiyyih Rabbani, The Priceless Pearl (London: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1969),‬‬ ‫‪PP. 121, 123.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ _ ۴۳‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪) ١٩٣٩-١٩٢٧ ‬ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ّ :‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ‪ ١٢٩ ،‬ﺏ ( ‪ ،‬ﺝ ‪ ، ٢‬ﺻﺺ ‪.٢٠٩ - ٢٠٦‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٤٤‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٥٠‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ _ ٤٥‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.٦٠ - ٥٩‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٤٦‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٦٣‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٤٧‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٦٦-١٦٥‬‬

‫‪48 - Shoghi Effendi, The World Order of Baha'u'llah (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust,‬‬ ‫‪P. 148.‬‬

‫‪ _ ٤٩‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٦٥‬‬ ‫‪50 - Shoghi Effendi, The Advent of Divine Justice (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust,‬‬ ‫‪1990), pp. 90, 19, 85.‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٥١‬ﻧﺒﻴﻞ ﺯﺭﻧﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﻮﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﺒﻴﻞ ﺯﺭﻧﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١٣٤ ،‬ﺏ(‪ ،‬ﺻﺺ‪.٧٧-٧٦ ،٧٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻭﺭﻯ )ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ّ :‬‬


‫‪52 - Baha'i Administration, p. 52.‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٥٣‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪) ،‬ﺝ‪ ،(١‬ﺹ‪ .٧٧‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﭼﺮﺍﻍﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻠﮕﺸﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻨﺎﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪54- World Order of Baha'u'llah, p. 4.‬‬

‫‪ _ ٥٥‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﺺ‪.٢٥-٢٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١٤٤ ،‬ﺏ‪١٩٨٨ ،‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٥٦‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺳﻮﻡ )ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻡ ( ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.٧٢‬‬ ‫‪57 - Shoghi Effendi, Messages to Canada, 2nd ed. (Thornhill: Baha'i Canada‬‬ ‫‪Publications, 1999), p. 114.‬‬

‫‪58 - Shoghi Effendi, God Passes By, p. 365.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪۱۲۶‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٥٩‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٣١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ‪ ١٥٥ ،‬ﺏ ‪ ١٩٩٨ ،‬ﻡ ( ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٦٠‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ، ‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ) ﻫﻮﻓﻬﺎﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪. ۱۲‬‬

‫‪ _ ٦٢‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٥٠‬‬

‫‪61 - Promised Day Is Come, pp. 185-186.‬‬

‫‪ _ ٦٣‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ‪ ،‬ﺻﺺ‪ .٣٥-٣٤‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﺎﻫﮑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻣﻰﺷﺘﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﻭﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻰﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ‪ ١٣٤ ،‬ﺏ( ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ّ‬ ‫‪ _ ٦٤‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺝ‪) ٧‬ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ّ :‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪.١١٧‬‬

‫‪65 - Shoghi Effendi; Messages to America (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1947),‬‬ ‫‪p. 28‬‬

‫‪66 - Ibid., pp. 9, 10, 14, 22.‬‬ ‫‪67 - Ibid., p. 28.‬‬ ‫‪68 - Priceless Pearl, p. 382.‬‬ ‫‪69 - Messages to America, p. 53.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ )‪ ،(٢٧‬ﺁﻳﮥ ‪. ٨٨‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٧٠‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ّ‬

‫‪71 - `Abdu'l-Baha in Canada, p. 51.‬‬


‫‪ _ ٧٢‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ - ١٩٥٢‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪١٩٥٧‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١١٩ ،‬ﺏ(‪ ،‬ﺻﺺ‪.٥-٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ّ‬ ‫)ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ّ :‬‬

‫‪73 - Shoghi Effendi, Messages to the Baha'i World, 1950-1957 (Wilmette: Baha'i‬‬

‫‪ _ ٧��‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٤‬‬

‫‪Publishing Trust, 1995), pp. 38-39.‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٣٧‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٧٥‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫‪ _ ٧٦‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٢١‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٧٧‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪. ٨٠‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٧٨‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٢١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ‬ ‫‪ _ ٧٩‬ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﺋﻰ )ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ّ :‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺨﻄﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١٣٠ ،‬ﺏ(‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،١‬ﺹ‪.١٥‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪80 - See Priceless Pearl, pp. 79, 85, 90, 128 and 159.‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٣٨‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٨١‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١١٤‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٨٢‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ١٤٥ ،‬ﺏ‪ ١٩٨٨ ،‬ﻡ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ _ ٨٣‬ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻠﻤﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )ﺭﻳﻮﺩﻭﮊﺍﻧﻴﺮﻭ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ‪.٢٧٨‬‬

‫‪ - ٨٤‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٢‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٨٥‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.١٣ - ١٢‬‬ ‫‪ _ ٨٦‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ‪. ٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺗﻘﻰ ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺍﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪ _ ٨٧‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﻔﻰ )ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‪ ١٣٩ ،‬ﺏ‪ ١٩٨٢ ،‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٠‬‬

‫‪_ ٨٨‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.٥٩‬‬ ‫‪89 - World Order of Baha'u'llah, p. 195.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪۱۲۷‬‬ ‫‪_ ٩٠‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٣٦‬‬ ‫‪_ ٩١‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫‪_ ٩٢‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ –‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﭖ ﺳﻮﻡ )ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻰ‪ ١٩٨٩ ،‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.٥٨‬‬

‫‪93 - The Establishment of the Universal House of Justice, compiled by the Research‬‬


Department of the Universal House of Justice (Oakham: Baha'i Publishing Trust 1984), p. 17. 94 - Universal House of Justice, Messages from the Universal House of Justice, 1963-1986: The Third Epoch of the Formative Age (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1996), p. 52.

95 - Baha'i News, no. 73, May 1933 (Wilmette: National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of the United States), p. 7. .٣٢‫ ﺹ‬،٣‫ ﺝ‬، ‫ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬- ٩٦ 97 - God Passes By, p. xiii. 98 - Promulgation of Universal Peace, pp. 43-44.

99 - Moojan Momen, The Babi and Baha'i Religions, 1844-1944: Some Contemporary Western Accounts (Oxford: George Ronald, 1981), pp. 186-187. .١١٧ ،١٠٢-١٠١‫ ﺻﺺ‬،٣‫ ﺝ‬،‫ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬- ١٠٠ 101 - The Baha'i World, vol. III (New York City: Baha'i Publishing Committee, 1930), pp. 198-206. .٧٢٣‫ ﺹ‬،‫ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ‬١٠٢ 103 - Religious Systems of the World: A Contribution to the Study of Comparative Religion, 3rd ed. (New York: Macmillan, - 1892), pp. 352-353 (‫)ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻭﻥ‬ ۳۹ ‫ﻭ‬۳۸ ‫ ﺻﺺ‬،(‫ ﺑﻰﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬،‫ ﻭﻋﺪﮤ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ )ﺑﻰﻧﺎﺷﺮ‬،‫ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬- ١٠٤ 105 - The Baha'i World, vol. XX (Haifa: Baha'i World Centre, 1998), pp. 571-606. 106 - Sessao Solene da Camara Federal, Brasilia, 28 de Maio, 1992. .٣١-٢٩‫ ﺻﺺ‬،(١‫ )ﺝ‬،‫ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬- ١٠٧

108 - United Nations General Assembly, Fifty-Fourth Session, Agenda Item 49 (b)

United Nations Reform Measures and Proposals: the Millennium Assembly of the United Nations, 8 August 2000 (Document no. A/54/959), p. 2. 109 - See Commitment to Global Peace, declaration of the Millennium World Peace Summit of Religious and Spiritual Leaders, presented to UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan on 29 August 2000 during a summit session at the UN General Assembly.


‫‪110 - United Nations General Assembly, Fifty-Fourth Session, Agenda Item 61 (b) The‬‬ ‫‪Millennium Assembly of the United Nations, 8 September 2000 (Document no.‬‬ ‫‪A/55/ L.2), section 32.‬‬ ‫ص ‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫‪111- World Order of Baha'u'llah, p. 42.‬‬

‫‪ _ ١١٢‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ .١٩٠‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺟﺰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﮐﻴﺰﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ _ ١١٣‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ١٣٩ ،‬ﺏ‪ ١٩٨٢ ،‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ _ ١١٤‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺓ )ﺭﻳﻮﺩﻭﮊﺍﻧﻴﺮﻭ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﺶ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺪ‪ ...‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﻮﻳﻨﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻻﻫﻮﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫‪115 - World Order of Baha'u'llah, p. 193‬‬ ‫‪ _ ١١٦‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٥٤‬‬

‫‪ _ ١١٧‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .١٨٦‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ )ﮐﺘﺎﺏ( ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻢ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ _ ١١٨‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .٥٤‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﭙﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻗﻠﻤﺶ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻰﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪119 - Messages to the Baha'i World, 1950-1957, p. 74.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ .١‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻯ ﮐﺮﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪ _ ١٢٠‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺗﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺵ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ّ‬ ‫‪ _ ١٢١‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺷﻌﻴﺎء ﻧﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮥ ﺩﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ _ ١٢٢‬ﻋﻨﺪﻟﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﮤ ‪ ،٧٣‬ﺹ‪.١١‬‬

‫‪ _ ١٢٣‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ٓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.١٦٩‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ _ ١٢٤‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪) ،‬ﺝ‪ ،(١‬ﺹ‪.٢٩٣‬‬


‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﺳﺎء‬ ‫‪ _ ١٢٥‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ١٤٠ ،‬ﺏ‪ ١٩٨٣ ،‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ .٦٠‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫)ﺭﻳﻮﺩﻭﮊﺍﻧﻴﺮﻭ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺟﻰ ﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻮﺷﺪﺍﺭﻭﺋﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ّ‬

‫‪ _ ١٢٦‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ .٢٨‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻯ ﻗﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﮐﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺗﺶ ﻭ ﮐﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭﺵ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ؟ ﻓﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻭ ﮐﺮﻳﻤﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﻢ ّ‬


Qarn i anvar